extend.texi (C++ Signatures): Remove node.
[gcc.git] / gcc / invoke.texi
1 @c Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 92-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2 @c This is part of the GCC manual.
3 @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5 @node Invoking GCC
6 @chapter GCC Command Options
7 @cindex GCC command options
8 @cindex command options
9 @cindex options, GCC command
10
11 When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
12 assembly and linking. The ``overall options'' allow you to stop this
13 process at an intermediate stage. For example, the @samp{-c} option
14 says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
15 output by the assembler.
16
17 Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
18 control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
19 options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
20 documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
21
22 @cindex C compilation options
23 Most of the command line options that you can use with GCC are useful
24 for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
25 (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
26 for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
27 that option with all supported languages.
28
29 @cindex C++ compilation options
30 @xref{Invoking G++,,Compiling C++ Programs}, for a summary of special
31 options for compiling C++ programs.
32
33 @cindex grouping options
34 @cindex options, grouping
35 The @code{gcc} program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
36 options have multiletter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
37 may @emph{not} be grouped: @samp{-dr} is very different from @w{@samp{-d
38 -r}}.
39
40 @cindex order of options
41 @cindex options, order
42 You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
43 you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several options
44 of the same kind; for example, if you specify @samp{-L} more than once,
45 the directories are searched in the order specified.
46
47 Many options have long names starting with @samp{-f} or with
48 @samp{-W}---for example, @samp{-fforce-mem},
49 @samp{-fstrength-reduce}, @samp{-Wformat} and so on. Most of
50 these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
51 @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. This manual documents
52 only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
53
54 @menu
55 * Option Summary:: Brief list of all options, without explanations.
56 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
57 an executable, object files, assembler files,
58 or preprocessed source.
59 * Invoking G++:: Compiling C++ programs.
60 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
61 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
62 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
63 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
64 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
65 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
66 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
67 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
68 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
69 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
70 Where to find the compiler executable files.
71 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
72 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GCC.
73 * Submodel Options:: Specifying minor hardware or convention variations,
74 such as 68010 vs 68020.
75 * Code Gen Options:: Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout
76 and register usage.
77 * Environment Variables:: Env vars that affect GCC.
78 * Running Protoize:: Automatically adding or removing function prototypes.
79 @end menu
80
81 @node Option Summary
82 @section Option Summary
83
84 Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
85 in the following sections.
86
87 @table @emph
88 @item Overall Options
89 @xref{Overall Options,,Options Controlling the Kind of Output}.
90 @smallexample
91 -c -S -E -o @var{file} -pipe -v --help -x @var{language}
92 @end smallexample
93
94 @item C Language Options
95 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}.
96 @smallexample
97 -ansi -flang-isoc9x -fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -fno-asm
98 -fno-builtin -ffreestanding -fhosted -fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char
99 -funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char -fwritable-strings
100 -traditional -traditional-cpp -trigraphs
101 @end smallexample
102
103 @item C++ Language Options
104 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}.
105 @smallexample
106 -fno-access-control -fcheck-new -fconserve-space -fdollars-in-identifiers
107 -fno-elide-constructors -fexternal-templates -ffor-scope
108 -fno-for-scope -fno-gnu-keywords -fguiding-decls
109 -fhonor-std -fhuge-objects -fno-implicit-templates -finit-priority
110 -fno-implement-inlines -fname-mangling-version-@var{n} -fno-default-inline
111 -foperator-names -fno-optional-diags -fpermissive -frepo -fstrict-prototype
112 -fsquangle -ftemplate-depth-@var{n} -fthis-is-variable -fvtable-thunks
113 -nostdinc++ -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wno-deprecated -Weffc++
114 -Wno-non-template-friend
115 -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual
116 -Wno-pmf-conversions -Wreorder -Wsign-promo -Wsynth
117 @end smallexample
118
119 @item Warning Options
120 @xref{Warning Options,,Options to Request or Suppress Warnings}.
121 @smallexample
122 -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors
123 -w -W -Wall -Waggregate-return -Wbad-function-cast
124 -Wcast-align -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wcomment
125 -Wconversion -Werror -Wformat
126 -Wid-clash-@var{len} -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-int
127 -Wimplicit-function-declaration -Wimport
128 -Werror-implicit-function-declaration -Winline
129 -Wlarger-than-@var{len} -Wlong-long
130 -Wmain -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-noreturn
131 -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmultichar -Wnested-externs -Wno-import
132 -Wparentheses -Wpointer-arith -Wredundant-decls
133 -Wreturn-type -Wshadow -Wsign-compare -Wstrict-prototypes
134 -Wswitch -Wtraditional
135 -Wtrigraphs -Wundef -Wuninitialized -Wunused -Wwrite-strings
136 -Wunknown-pragmas
137 @end smallexample
138
139 @item Debugging Options
140 @xref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC}.
141 @smallexample
142 -a -ax -d@var{letters} -fdump-unnumbered -fdump-translation-unit-@var{file}
143 -fpretend-float -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
144 -g -g@var{level} -gcoff -gdwarf -gdwarf-1 -gdwarf-1+ -gdwarf-2
145 -ggdb -gstabs -gstabs+ -gxcoff -gxcoff+
146 -p -pg -print-file-name=@var{library} -print-libgcc-file-name
147 -print-prog-name=@var{program} -print-search-dirs -save-temps
148 @end smallexample
149
150 @item Optimization Options
151 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options that Control Optimization}.
152 @smallexample
153 -fbranch-probabilities -foptimize-register-moves
154 -fcaller-saves -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks
155 -fdelayed-branch -fexpensive-optimizations
156 -ffast-math -ffloat-store -fforce-addr -fforce-mem
157 -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections -fgcse
158 -finline-functions -finline-limit-@var{n} -fkeep-inline-functions
159 -fno-default-inline -fno-defer-pop -fno-function-cse
160 -fno-inline -fno-peephole -fomit-frame-pointer -fregmove
161 -frerun-cse-after-loop -frerun-loop-opt -fschedule-insns
162 -fschedule-insns2 -fstrength-reduce -fthread-jumps
163 -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops
164 -fmove-all-movables -freduce-all-givs -fstrict-aliasing
165 -O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os
166 @end smallexample
167
168 @item Preprocessor Options
169 @xref{Preprocessor Options,,Options Controlling the Preprocessor}.
170 @smallexample
171 -A@var{question}(@var{answer}) -C -dD -dM -dN
172 -D@var{macro}@r{[}=@var{defn}@r{]} -E -H
173 -idirafter @var{dir}
174 -include @var{file} -imacros @var{file}
175 -iprefix @var{file} -iwithprefix @var{dir}
176 -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir} -isystem @var{dir} -isystem-c++ @var{dir}
177 -M -MD -MM -MMD -MG -nostdinc -P -trigraphs
178 -undef -U@var{macro} -Wp,@var{option}
179 @end smallexample
180
181 @item Assembler Option
182 @xref{Assembler Options,,Passing Options to the Assembler}.
183 @smallexample
184 -Wa,@var{option}
185 @end smallexample
186
187 @item Linker Options
188 @xref{Link Options,,Options for Linking}.
189 @smallexample
190 @var{object-file-name} -l@var{library}
191 -nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs -nostdlib
192 -s -static -shared -symbolic
193 -Wl,@var{option} -Xlinker @var{option}
194 -u @var{symbol}
195 @end smallexample
196
197 @item Directory Options
198 @xref{Directory Options,,Options for Directory Search}.
199 @smallexample
200 -B@var{prefix} -I@var{dir} -I- -L@var{dir} -specs=@var{file}
201 @end smallexample
202
203 @item Target Options
204 @c I wrote this xref this way to avoid overfull hbox. -- rms
205 @xref{Target Options}.
206 @smallexample
207 -b @var{machine} -V @var{version}
208 @end smallexample
209
210 @item Machine Dependent Options
211 @xref{Submodel Options,,Hardware Models and Configurations}.
212 @smallexample
213 @emph{M680x0 Options}
214 -m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040
215 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -m68881 -mbitfield -mc68000 -mc68020
216 -mfpa -mnobitfield -mrtd -mshort -msoft-float -mpcrel
217 -malign-int
218
219 @emph{VAX Options}
220 -mg -mgnu -munix
221
222 @emph{SPARC Options}
223 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
224 -mtune=@var{cpu type}
225 -mcmodel=@var{code model}
226 -malign-jumps=@var{num} -malign-loops=@var{num}
227 -malign-functions=@var{num}
228 -m32 -m64
229 -mapp-regs -mbroken-saverestore -mcypress -mepilogue
230 -mflat -mfpu -mhard-float -mhard-quad-float
231 -mimpure-text -mlive-g0 -mno-app-regs -mno-epilogue
232 -mno-flat -mno-fpu -mno-impure-text
233 -mno-stack-bias -mno-unaligned-doubles
234 -msoft-float -msoft-quad-float -msparclite -mstack-bias
235 -msupersparc -munaligned-doubles -mv8
236
237 @emph{Convex Options}
238 -mc1 -mc2 -mc32 -mc34 -mc38
239 -margcount -mnoargcount
240 -mlong32 -mlong64
241 -mvolatile-cache -mvolatile-nocache
242
243 @emph{AMD29K Options}
244 -m29000 -m29050 -mbw -mnbw -mdw -mndw
245 -mlarge -mnormal -msmall
246 -mkernel-registers -mno-reuse-arg-regs
247 -mno-stack-check -mno-storem-bug
248 -mreuse-arg-regs -msoft-float -mstack-check
249 -mstorem-bug -muser-registers
250
251 @emph{ARM Options}
252 -mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame
253 -mapcs-26 -mapcs-32
254 -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check
255 -mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float
256 -mapcs-reentrant -mno-apcs-reentrant
257 -msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog
258 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian
259 -mshort-load-bytes -mno-short-load-bytes -mshort-load-words -mno-short-load-words
260 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mfpe
261 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork
262 -mcpu= -march= -mfpe=
263 -mstructure-size-boundary=
264 -mbsd -mxopen -mno-symrename
265 -mabort-on-noreturn
266 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport
267 -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base
268 -mpic-register=
269
270 @emph{Thumb Options}
271 -mtpcs-frame -mno-tpcs-frame
272 -mtpcs-leaf-frame -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
273 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian
274 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork
275 -mstructure-size-boundary=
276 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport
277 -mcallee-super-interworking -mno-callee-super-interworking
278 -mcaller-super-interworking -mno-caller-super-interworking
279 -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base
280 -mpic-register=
281
282 @emph{MN10200 Options}
283 -mrelax
284
285 @emph{MN10300 Options}
286 -mmult-bug
287 -mno-mult-bug
288 -mrelax
289
290 @emph{M32R/D Options}
291 -mcode-model=@var{model type} -msdata=@var{sdata type}
292 -G @var{num}
293
294 @emph{M88K Options}
295 -m88000 -m88100 -m88110 -mbig-pic
296 -mcheck-zero-division -mhandle-large-shift
297 -midentify-revision -mno-check-zero-division
298 -mno-ocs-debug-info -mno-ocs-frame-position
299 -mno-optimize-arg-area -mno-serialize-volatile
300 -mno-underscores -mocs-debug-info
301 -mocs-frame-position -moptimize-arg-area
302 -mserialize-volatile -mshort-data-@var{num} -msvr3
303 -msvr4 -mtrap-large-shift -muse-div-instruction
304 -mversion-03.00 -mwarn-passed-structs
305
306 @emph{RS/6000 and PowerPC Options}
307 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
308 -mtune=@var{cpu type}
309 -mpower -mno-power -mpower2 -mno-power2
310 -mpowerpc -mpowerpc64 -mno-powerpc
311 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt
312 -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
313 -mnew-mnemonics -mno-new-mnemonics
314 -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc -mno-fop-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc
315 -m64 -m32 -mxl-call -mno-xl-call -mthreads -mpe
316 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple
317 -mstring -mno-string -mupdate -mno-update
318 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align
319 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable
320 -mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib
321 -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian
322 -mcall-aix -mcall-sysv -mprototype -mno-prototype
323 -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata
324 -msdata=@var{opt} -G @var{num}
325
326 @emph{RT Options}
327 -mcall-lib-mul -mfp-arg-in-fpregs -mfp-arg-in-gregs
328 -mfull-fp-blocks -mhc-struct-return -min-line-mul
329 -mminimum-fp-blocks -mnohc-struct-return
330
331 @emph{MIPS Options}
332 -mabicalls -mcpu=@var{cpu type} -membedded-data
333 -membedded-pic -mfp32 -mfp64 -mgas -mgp32 -mgp64
334 -mgpopt -mhalf-pic -mhard-float -mint64 -mips1
335 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mlong64 -mlong32 -mlong-calls -mmemcpy
336 -mmips-as -mmips-tfile -mno-abicalls
337 -mno-embedded-data -mno-embedded-pic
338 -mno-gpopt -mno-long-calls
339 -mno-memcpy -mno-mips-tfile -mno-rnames -mno-stats
340 -mrnames -msoft-float
341 -m4650 -msingle-float -mmad
342 -mstats -EL -EB -G @var{num} -nocpp
343 -mabi=32 -mabi=n32 -mabi=64 -mabi=eabi
344
345 @emph{i386 Options}
346 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
347 -march=@var{cpu type}
348 -mieee-fp -mno-fancy-math-387
349 -mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float -msvr3-shlib
350 -mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double
351 -mreg-alloc=@var{list} -mregparm=@var{num}
352 -malign-jumps=@var{num} -malign-loops=@var{num}
353 -malign-functions=@var{num} -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num}
354
355 @emph{HPPA Options}
356 -march=@var{architecture type}
357 -mbig-switch -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing
358 -mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mjump-in-delay
359 -mlong-load-store -mno-big-switch -mno-disable-fpregs
360 -mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas
361 -mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store
362 -mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float
363 -mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0
364 -mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime
365 -mschedule=@var{cpu type} -mspace-regs
366
367 @emph{Intel 960 Options}
368 -m@var{cpu type} -masm-compat -mclean-linkage
369 -mcode-align -mcomplex-addr -mleaf-procedures
370 -mic-compat -mic2.0-compat -mic3.0-compat
371 -mintel-asm -mno-clean-linkage -mno-code-align
372 -mno-complex-addr -mno-leaf-procedures
373 -mno-old-align -mno-strict-align -mno-tail-call
374 -mnumerics -mold-align -msoft-float -mstrict-align
375 -mtail-call
376
377 @emph{DEC Alpha Options}
378 -mfp-regs -mno-fp-regs -mno-soft-float -msoft-float
379 -malpha-as -mgas
380 -mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant
381 -mfp-trap-mode=@var{mode} -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{mode}
382 -mtrap-precision=@var{mode} -mbuild-constants
383 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
384 -mbwx -mno-bwx -mcix -mno-cix -mmax -mno-max
385 -mmemory-latency=@var{time}
386
387 @emph{Clipper Options}
388 -mc300 -mc400
389
390 @emph{H8/300 Options}
391 -mrelax -mh -ms -mint32 -malign-300
392
393 @emph{SH Options}
394 -m1 -m2 -m3 -m3e -mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax
395
396 @emph{System V Options}
397 -Qy -Qn -YP,@var{paths} -Ym,@var{dir}
398
399 @emph{ARC Options}
400 -EB -EL
401 -mmangle-cpu -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mtext=@var{text section}
402 -mdata=@var{data section} -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}
403
404 @emph{TMS320C3x/C4x Options}
405 -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mbig -msmall -mregparm -mmemparm
406 -mfast-fix -mmpyi -mbk -mti -mdp-isr-reload
407 -mrpts=@var{count} -mrptb -mdb -mloop-unsigned
408 -mparallel-insns -mparallel-mpy -mpreserve-float
409
410 @emph{V850 Options}
411 -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep
412 -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace
413 -mtda=@var{n} -msda=@var{n} -mzda=@var{n}
414 -mv850 -mbig-switch
415
416 @emph{NS32K Options}
417 -m32032 -m32332 -m32532 -m32081 -m32381 -mmult-add -mnomult-add
418 -msoft-float -mrtd -mnortd -mregparam -mnoregparam -msb -mnosb
419 -mbitfield -mnobitfield -mhimem -mnohimem
420 @end smallexample
421
422 @item Code Generation Options
423 @xref{Code Gen Options,,Options for Code Generation Conventions}.
424 @smallexample
425 -fcall-saved-@var{reg} -fcall-used-@var{reg}
426 -fexceptions -ffixed-@var{reg} -finhibit-size-directive
427 -fcheck-memory-usage -fprefix-function-name
428 -fno-common -fno-ident -fno-gnu-linker
429 -fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC
430 -freg-struct-return -fshared-data -fshort-enums
431 -fshort-double -fvolatile -fvolatile-global -fvolatile-static
432 -fverbose-asm -fpack-struct -fstack-check
433 -fargument-alias -fargument-noalias
434 -fargument-noalias-global
435 -fleading-underscore
436 @end smallexample
437 @end table
438
439 @menu
440 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
441 an executable, object files, assembler files,
442 or preprocessed source.
443 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
444 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
445 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
446 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
447 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
448 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
449 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
450 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
451 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
452 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
453 Where to find the compiler executable files.
454 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
455 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GCC.
456 @end menu
457
458 @node Overall Options
459 @section Options Controlling the Kind of Output
460
461 Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
462 proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. The first three
463 stages apply to an individual source file, and end by producing an
464 object file; linking combines all the object files (those newly
465 compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.
466
467 @cindex file name suffix
468 For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
469 compilation is done:
470
471 @table @code
472 @item @var{file}.c
473 C source code which must be preprocessed.
474
475 @item @var{file}.i
476 C source code which should not be preprocessed.
477
478 @item @var{file}.ii
479 C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
480
481 @item @var{file}.m
482 Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the library
483 @file{libobjc.a} to make an Objective-C program work.
484
485 @item @var{file}.h
486 C header file (not to be compiled or linked).
487
488 @item @var{file}.cc
489 @itemx @var{file}.cxx
490 @itemx @var{file}.cpp
491 @itemx @var{file}.C
492 C++ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in @samp{.cxx},
493 the last two letters must both be literally @samp{x}. Likewise,
494 @samp{.C} refers to a literal capital C.
495
496 @item @var{file}.s
497 Assembler code.
498
499 @item @var{file}.S
500 Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
501
502 @item @var{other}
503 An object file to be fed straight into linking.
504 Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
505 @end table
506
507 You can specify the input language explicitly with the @samp{-x} option:
508
509 @table @code
510 @item -x @var{language}
511 Specify explicitly the @var{language} for the following input files
512 (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
513 name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
514 the next @samp{-x} option. Possible values for @var{language} are:
515 @example
516 c objective-c c++
517 c-header cpp-output c++-cpp-output
518 assembler assembler-with-cpp
519 @end example
520
521 @item -x none
522 Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
523 handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if @samp{-x}
524 has not been used at all).
525 @end table
526
527 If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
528 @samp{-x} (or filename suffixes) to tell @code{gcc} where to start, and
529 one of the options @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, or @samp{-E} to say where
530 @code{gcc} is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
531 @samp{-x cpp-output -E} instruct @code{gcc} to do nothing at all.
532
533 @table @code
534 @item -c
535 Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
536 stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
537 object file for each source file.
538
539 By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
540 the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, @samp{.s}, etc., with @samp{.o}.
541
542 Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
543 ignored.
544
545 @item -S
546 Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
547 is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
548 file specified.
549
550 By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
551 replacing the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, etc., with @samp{.s}.
552
553 Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
554
555 @item -E
556 Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
557 output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
558 standard output.
559
560 Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
561
562 @cindex output file option
563 @item -o @var{file}
564 Place output in file @var{file}. This applies regardless to whatever
565 sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
566 an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
567
568 Since only one output file can be specified, it does not make sense to
569 use @samp{-o} when compiling more than one input file, unless you are
570 producing an executable file as output.
571
572 If @samp{-o} is not specified, the default is to put an executable file
573 in @file{a.out}, the object file for @file{@var{source}.@var{suffix}} in
574 @file{@var{source}.o}, its assembler file in @file{@var{source}.s}, and
575 all preprocessed C source on standard output.@refill
576
577 @item -v
578 Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
579 of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
580 program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
581
582 @item -pipe
583 Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
584 various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
585 the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has
586 no trouble.
587
588 @item --help
589 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
590 understood by @code{gcc}. If the @code{-v} option is also specified
591 then @code{--help} will also be passed on to the various processes
592 invoked by @code{gcc}, so that they can display the command line options
593 they accept. If the @code{-W} option is also specified then command
594 line options which have no documentation associated with them will also
595 be displayed.
596 @end table
597
598 @node Invoking G++
599 @section Compiling C++ Programs
600
601 @cindex suffixes for C++ source
602 @cindex C++ source file suffixes
603 C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes @samp{.C},
604 @samp{.cc}, @samp{.cpp}, @samp{.c++}, @samp{.cp}, or @samp{.cxx};
605 preprocessed C++ files use the suffix @samp{.ii}. GCC recognizes
606 files with these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you
607 call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with
608 the name @code{gcc}).
609
610 @findex g++
611 @findex c++
612 However, C++ programs often require class libraries as well as a
613 compiler that understands the C++ language---and under some
614 circumstances, you might want to compile programs from standard input,
615 or otherwise without a suffix that flags them as C++ programs.
616 @code{g++} is a program that calls GCC with the default language
617 set to C++, and automatically specifies linking against the C++
618 library. On many systems, the script @code{g++} is also
619 installed with the name @code{c++}.
620
621 @cindex invoking @code{g++}
622 When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same
623 command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
624 language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
625 languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
626 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}, for
627 explanations of options for languages related to C.
628 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}, for
629 explanations of options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
630
631 @node C Dialect Options
632 @section Options Controlling C Dialect
633 @cindex dialect options
634 @cindex language dialect options
635 @cindex options, dialect
636
637 The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
638 from C, such as C++ and Objective C) that the compiler accepts:
639
640 @table @code
641 @cindex ANSI support
642 @item -ansi
643 In C mode, support all ANSI standard C programs. In C++ mode,
644 remove GNU extensions that conflict with ANSI C++.
645 @c shouldn't we be saying "ISO"?
646
647 This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with ANSI
648 C (when compiling C code), or of ANSI standard C++ (when compiling C++ code),
649 such as the @code{asm} and @code{typeof} keywords, and
650 predefined macros such as @code{unix} and @code{vax} that identify the
651 type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
652 rarely used ANSI trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
653 it disables recognition of C++ style @samp{//} comments as well as
654 the @code{inline} keyword. For the C++ compiler,
655 @samp{-foperator-names} is enabled as well.
656
657
658 The alternate keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__extension__},
659 @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__} continue to work despite
660 @samp{-ansi}. You would not want to use them in an ANSI C program, of
661 course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
662 in compilations done with @samp{-ansi}. Alternate predefined macros
663 such as @code{__unix__} and @code{__vax__} are also available, with or
664 without @samp{-ansi}.
665
666 The @samp{-ansi} option does not cause non-ANSI programs to be
667 rejected gratuitously. For that, @samp{-pedantic} is required in
668 addition to @samp{-ansi}. @xref{Warning Options}.
669
670 The macro @code{__STRICT_ANSI__} is predefined when the @samp{-ansi}
671 option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
672 from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
673 ANSI standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
674 programs that might use these names for other things.
675
676 The functions @code{alloca}, @code{abort}, @code{exit}, and
677 @code{_exit} are not builtin functions when @samp{-ansi} is used.
678
679 @item -flang-isoc9x
680 Enable support for features found in the C9X standard. In particular,
681 enable support for the C9X @code{restrict} keyword.
682
683 Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some C9X
684 features in so far as they do not conflict with previous C standards.
685 For example, you may use @code{__restrict__} even when -flang-isoc9x
686 is not specified.
687
688 @item -fno-asm
689 Do not recognize @code{asm}, @code{inline} or @code{typeof} as a
690 keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
691 the keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__}
692 instead. @samp{-ansi} implies @samp{-fno-asm}.
693
694 In C++, this switch only affects the @code{typeof} keyword, since
695 @code{asm} and @code{inline} are standard keywords. You may want to
696 use the @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords} flag instead, as it also disables the
697 other, C++-specific, extension keywords such as @code{headof}.
698
699 @item -fno-builtin
700 @cindex builtin functions
701 @findex abort
702 @findex abs
703 @findex alloca
704 @findex cos
705 @findex exit
706 @findex fabs
707 @findex ffs
708 @findex labs
709 @findex memcmp
710 @findex memcpy
711 @findex sin
712 @findex sqrt
713 @findex strcmp
714 @findex strcpy
715 @findex strlen
716 Don't recognize builtin functions that do not begin with @samp{__builtin_}
717 as prefix. Currently, the functions affected include @code{abort},
718 @code{abs}, @code{alloca}, @code{cos}, @code{exit}, @code{fabs},
719 @code{ffs}, @code{labs}, @code{memcmp}, @code{memcpy}, @code{sin},
720 @code{sqrt}, @code{strcmp}, @code{strcpy}, and @code{strlen}.
721
722 GCC normally generates special code to handle certain builtin functions
723 more efficiently; for instance, calls to @code{alloca} may become single
724 instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to @code{memcpy}
725 may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
726 and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
727 cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
728 of the functions by linking with a different library.
729
730 The @samp{-ansi} option prevents @code{alloca} and @code{ffs} from being
731 builtin functions, since these functions do not have an ANSI standard
732 meaning.
733
734 @item -fhosted
735 @cindex hosted environment
736
737 Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
738 @samp{-fbuiltin}. A hosted environment is one in which the
739 entire standard library is available, and in which @code{main} has a return
740 type of @code{int}. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
741 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-freestanding}.
742
743 @item -ffreestanding
744 @cindex hosted environment
745
746 Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
747 implies @samp{-fno-builtin}. A freestanding environment
748 is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
749 not necessarily be at @code{main}. The most obvious example is an OS kernel.
750 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-hosted}.
751
752 @item -trigraphs
753 Support ANSI C trigraphs. You don't want to know about this
754 brain-damage. The @samp{-ansi} option implies @samp{-trigraphs}.
755
756 @cindex traditional C language
757 @cindex C language, traditional
758 @item -traditional
759 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C compilers.
760 Specifically:
761
762 @itemize @bullet
763 @item
764 All @code{extern} declarations take effect globally even if they
765 are written inside of a function definition. This includes implicit
766 declarations of functions.
767
768 @item
769 The newer keywords @code{typeof}, @code{inline}, @code{signed}, @code{const}
770 and @code{volatile} are not recognized. (You can still use the
771 alternative keywords such as @code{__typeof__}, @code{__inline__}, and
772 so on.)
773
774 @item
775 Comparisons between pointers and integers are always allowed.
776
777 @item
778 Integer types @code{unsigned short} and @code{unsigned char} promote
779 to @code{unsigned int}.
780
781 @item
782 Out-of-range floating point literals are not an error.
783
784 @item
785 Certain constructs which ANSI regards as a single invalid preprocessing
786 number, such as @samp{0xe-0xd}, are treated as expressions instead.
787
788 @item
789 String ``constants'' are not necessarily constant; they are stored in
790 writable space, and identical looking constants are allocated
791 separately. (This is the same as the effect of
792 @samp{-fwritable-strings}.)
793
794 @cindex @code{longjmp} and automatic variables
795 @item
796 All automatic variables not declared @code{register} are preserved by
797 @code{longjmp}. Ordinarily, GNU C follows ANSI C: automatic variables
798 not declared @code{volatile} may be clobbered.
799
800 @item
801 @kindex \x
802 @kindex \a
803 @cindex escape sequences, traditional
804 The character escape sequences @samp{\x} and @samp{\a} evaluate as the
805 literal characters @samp{x} and @samp{a} respectively. Without
806 @w{@samp{-traditional}}, @samp{\x} is a prefix for the hexadecimal
807 representation of a character, and @samp{\a} produces a bell.
808 @end itemize
809
810 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
811 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
812 other purposes of its own.
813
814 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
815 rely on ANSI C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
816 ANSI C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
817 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
818
819 The @samp{-traditional} option also enables @samp{-traditional-cpp},
820 which is described next.
821
822 @item -traditional-cpp
823 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C preprocessors.
824 Specifically:
825
826 @itemize @bullet
827 @item
828 Comments convert to nothing at all, rather than to a space. This allows
829 traditional token concatenation.
830
831 @item
832 In a preprocessing directive, the @samp{#} symbol must appear as the first
833 character of a line.
834
835 @item
836 Macro arguments are recognized within string constants in a macro
837 definition (and their values are stringified, though without additional
838 quote marks, when they appear in such a context). The preprocessor
839 always considers a string constant to end at a newline.
840
841 @item
842 @cindex detecting @w{@samp{-traditional}}
843 The predefined macro @code{__STDC__} is not defined when you use
844 @samp{-traditional}, but @code{__GNUC__} is (since the GNU extensions
845 which @code{__GNUC__} indicates are not affected by
846 @samp{-traditional}). If you need to write header files that work
847 differently depending on whether @samp{-traditional} is in use, by
848 testing both of these predefined macros you can distinguish four
849 situations: GNU C, traditional GNU C, other ANSI C compilers, and other
850 old C compilers. The predefined macro @code{__STDC_VERSION__} is also
851 not defined when you use @samp{-traditional}. @xref{Standard
852 Predefined,,Standard Predefined Macros,cpp.info,The C Preprocessor},
853 for more discussion of these and other predefined macros.
854
855 @item
856 @cindex string constants vs newline
857 @cindex newline vs string constants
858 The preprocessor considers a string constant to end at a newline (unless
859 the newline is escaped with @samp{\}). (Without @w{@samp{-traditional}},
860 string constants can contain the newline character as typed.)
861 @end itemize
862
863 @item -fcond-mismatch
864 Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
865 third arguments. The value of such an expression is void.
866
867 @item -funsigned-char
868 Let the type @code{char} be unsigned, like @code{unsigned char}.
869
870 Each kind of machine has a default for what @code{char} should
871 be. It is either like @code{unsigned char} by default or like
872 @code{signed char} by default.
873
874 Ideally, a portable program should always use @code{signed char} or
875 @code{unsigned char} when it depends on the signedness of an object.
876 But many programs have been written to use plain @code{char} and
877 expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
878 machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
879 make such a program work with the opposite default.
880
881 The type @code{char} is always a distinct type from each of
882 @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}, even though its behavior
883 is always just like one of those two.
884
885 @item -fsigned-char
886 Let the type @code{char} be signed, like @code{signed char}.
887
888 Note that this is equivalent to @samp{-fno-unsigned-char}, which is
889 the negative form of @samp{-funsigned-char}. Likewise, the option
890 @samp{-fno-signed-char} is equivalent to @samp{-funsigned-char}.
891
892 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
893 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
894 other purposes of its own.
895
896 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
897 rely on ANSI C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
898 ANSI C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
899 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
900
901 @item -fsigned-bitfields
902 @itemx -funsigned-bitfields
903 @itemx -fno-signed-bitfields
904 @itemx -fno-unsigned-bitfields
905 These options control whether a bitfield is signed or unsigned, when the
906 declaration does not use either @code{signed} or @code{unsigned}. By
907 default, such a bitfield is signed, because this is consistent: the
908 basic integer types such as @code{int} are signed types.
909
910 However, when @samp{-traditional} is used, bitfields are all unsigned
911 no matter what.
912
913 @item -fwritable-strings
914 Store string constants in the writable data segment and don't uniquize
915 them. This is for compatibility with old programs which assume they can
916 write into string constants. The option @samp{-traditional} also has
917 this effect.
918
919 Writing into string constants is a very bad idea; ``constants'' should
920 be constant.
921
922 @item -fallow-single-precision
923 Do not promote single precision math operations to double precision,
924 even when compiling with @samp{-traditional}.
925
926 Traditional K&R C promotes all floating point operations to double
927 precision, regardless of the sizes of the operands. On the
928 architecture for which you are compiling, single precision may be faster
929 than double precision. If you must use @samp{-traditional}, but want
930 to use single precision operations when the operands are single
931 precision, use this option. This option has no effect when compiling
932 with ANSI or GNU C conventions (the default).
933
934 @end table
935
936 @node C++ Dialect Options
937 @section Options Controlling C++ Dialect
938
939 @cindex compiler options, C++
940 @cindex C++ options, command line
941 @cindex options, C++
942 This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
943 for C++ programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler options
944 regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
945 might compile a file @code{firstClass.C} like this:
946
947 @example
948 g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
949 @end example
950
951 @noindent
952 In this example, only @samp{-frepo} is an option meant
953 only for C++ programs; you can use the other options with any
954 language supported by GCC.
955
956 Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling C++ programs:
957
958 @table @code
959 @item -fno-access-control
960 Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
961 around bugs in the access control code.
962
963 @item -fcheck-new
964 Check that the pointer returned by @code{operator new} is non-null
965 before attempting to modify the storage allocated. The current Working
966 Paper requires that @code{operator new} never return a null pointer, so
967 this check is normally unnecessary.
968
969 An alternative to using this option is to specify that your
970 @code{operator new} does not throw any exceptions; if you declare it
971 @samp{throw()}, g++ will check the return value. See also @samp{new
972 (nothrow)}.
973
974 @item -fconserve-space
975 Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
976 common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
977 cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
978 flag and your program mysteriously crashes after @code{main()} has
979 completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
980 two definitions were merged.
981
982 This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
983 been added for putting variables into BSS without making them common.
984
985 @item -fdollars-in-identifiers
986 Accept @samp{$} in identifiers. You can also explicitly prohibit use of
987 @samp{$} with the option @samp{-fno-dollars-in-identifiers}. (GNU C allows
988 @samp{$} by default on most target systems, but there are a few exceptions.)
989 Traditional C allowed the character @samp{$} to form part of
990 identifiers. However, ANSI C and C++ forbid @samp{$} in identifiers.
991
992 @item -fno-elide-constructors
993 The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
994 which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
995 Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces g++ to
996 call the copy constructor in all cases.
997
998 @item -fexternal-templates
999 Cause template instantiations to obey @samp{#pragma interface} and
1000 @samp{implementation}; template instances are emitted or not according
1001 to the location of the template definition. @xref{Template
1002 Instantiation}, for more information.
1003
1004 This option is deprecated.
1005
1006 @item -falt-external-templates
1007 Similar to -fexternal-templates, but template instances are emitted or
1008 not according to the place where they are first instantiated.
1009 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1010
1011 This option is deprecated.
1012
1013 @item -ffor-scope
1014 @itemx -fno-for-scope
1015 If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1016 a @i{for-init-statement} is limited to the @samp{for} loop itself,
1017 as specified by the draft C++ standard.
1018 If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1019 a @i{for-init-statement} extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
1020 as was the case in old versions of gcc, and other (traditional)
1021 implementations of C++.
1022
1023 The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
1024 but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
1025 otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
1026
1027 @item -fno-gnu-keywords
1028 Do not recognize @code{classof}, @code{headof}, or @code{typeof} as a
1029 keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
1030 the keywords @code{__classof__}, @code{__headof__}, and
1031 @code{__typeof__} instead. @samp{-ansi} implies
1032 @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords}.
1033
1034 @item -fguiding-decls
1035 Treat a function declaration with the same type as a potential function
1036 template instantiation as though it declares that instantiation, not a
1037 normal function. If a definition is given for the function later in the
1038 translation unit (or another translation unit if the target supports
1039 weak symbols), that definition will be used; otherwise the template will
1040 be instantiated. This behavior reflects the C++ language prior to
1041 September 1996, when guiding declarations were removed.
1042
1043 This option implies @samp{-fname-mangling-version-0}, and will not work
1044 with other name mangling versions. Like all options that change the
1045 ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including libgcc.a} must be built with the same
1046 setting of this option.
1047
1048 @item -fhonor-std
1049 Treat the @code{namespace std} as a namespace, instead of ignoring
1050 it. For compatibility with earlier versions of g++, the compiler will,
1051 by default, ignore @code{namespace-declarations},
1052 @code{using-declarations}, @code{using-directives}, and
1053 @code{namespace-names}, if they involve @code{std}.
1054
1055 @item -fhuge-objects
1056 Support virtual function calls for objects that exceed the size
1057 representable by a @samp{short int}. Users should not use this flag by
1058 default; if you need to use it, the compiler will tell you so.
1059
1060 This flag is not useful when compiling with -fvtable-thunks.
1061
1062 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1063 libgcc} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1064
1065 @item -fno-implicit-templates
1066 Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
1067 implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
1068 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1069
1070 @item -fno-implicit-inline-templates
1071 Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
1072 The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
1073 without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
1074
1075 @item -finit-priority
1076 Support @samp{__attribute__ ((init_priority (n)))} for controlling the
1077 order of initialization of file-scope objects. On ELF targets, this
1078 requires GNU ld 2.10 or later.
1079
1080 @item -fno-implement-inlines
1081 To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
1082 controlled by @samp{#pragma implementation}. This will cause linker
1083 errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
1084
1085 @item -fname-mangling-version-@var{n}
1086 Control the way in which names are mangled. Version 0 is compatible
1087 with versions of g++ before 2.8. Version 1 is the default. Version 1
1088 will allow correct mangling of function templates. For example,
1089 version 0 mangling does not mangle foo<int, double> and foo<int, char>
1090 given this declaration:
1091
1092 @example
1093 template <class T, class U> void foo(T t);
1094 @end example
1095
1096 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1097 libgcc} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1098
1099 @item -foperator-names
1100 Recognize the operator name keywords @code{and}, @code{bitand},
1101 @code{bitor}, @code{compl}, @code{not}, @code{or} and @code{xor} as
1102 synonyms for the symbols they refer to. @samp{-ansi} implies
1103 @samp{-foperator-names}.
1104
1105 @item -fno-optional-diags
1106 Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
1107 issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by g++ is the one for
1108 a name having multiple meanings within a class.
1109
1110 @item -fpermissive
1111 Downgrade messages about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. By
1112 default, g++ effectively sets @samp{-pedantic-errors} without
1113 @samp{-pedantic}; this option reverses that. This behavior and this
1114 option are superseded by @samp{-pedantic}, which works as it does for GNU C.
1115
1116 @item -frepo
1117 Enable automatic template instantiation. This option also implies
1118 @samp{-fno-implicit-templates}. @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more
1119 information.
1120
1121 @item -fno-rtti
1122 Disable generation of the information used by C++ runtime type
1123 identification features (@samp{dynamic_cast} and @samp{typeid}). If you
1124 don't use those parts of the language (or exception handling, which uses
1125 @samp{dynamic_cast} internally), you can save some space by using this
1126 flag.
1127
1128 @item -fstrict-prototype
1129 Within an @samp{extern "C"} linkage specification, treat a function
1130 declaration with no arguments, such as @samp{int foo ();}, as declaring
1131 the function to take no arguments. Normally, such a declaration means
1132 that the function @code{foo} can take any combination of arguments, as
1133 in C. @samp{-pedantic} implies @samp{-fstrict-prototype} unless
1134 overridden with @samp{-fno-strict-prototype}.
1135
1136 Specifying this option will also suppress implicit declarations of
1137 functions.
1138
1139 This flag no longer affects declarations with C++ linkage.
1140
1141 @item -fsquangle
1142 @itemx -fno-squangle
1143 @samp{-fsquangle} will enable a compressed form of name mangling for
1144 identifiers. In particular, it helps to shorten very long names by recognizing
1145 types and class names which occur more than once, replacing them with special
1146 short ID codes. This option also requires any C++ libraries being used to
1147 be compiled with this option as well. The compiler has this disabled (the
1148 equivalent of @samp{-fno-squangle}) by default.
1149
1150 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1151 libgcc.a} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1152
1153 @item -ftemplate-depth-@var{n}
1154 Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to @var{n}.
1155 A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
1156 endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++
1157 conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17.
1158
1159 @item -fthis-is-variable
1160 Permit assignment to @code{this}. The incorporation of user-defined
1161 free store management into C++ has made assignment to @samp{this} an
1162 anachronism. Therefore, by default it is invalid to assign to
1163 @code{this} within a class member function; that is, GNU C++ treats
1164 @samp{this} in a member function of class @code{X} as a non-lvalue of
1165 type @samp{X *}. However, for backwards compatibility, you can make it
1166 valid with @samp{-fthis-is-variable}.
1167
1168 @item -fvtable-thunks
1169 Use @samp{thunks} to implement the virtual function dispatch table
1170 (@samp{vtable}). The traditional (cfront-style) approach to
1171 implementing vtables was to store a pointer to the function and two
1172 offsets for adjusting the @samp{this} pointer at the call site. Newer
1173 implementations store a single pointer to a @samp{thunk} function which
1174 does any necessary adjustment and then calls the target function.
1175
1176 This option also enables a heuristic for controlling emission of
1177 vtables; if a class has any non-inline virtual functions, the vtable
1178 will be emitted in the translation unit containing the first one of
1179 those.
1180
1181 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1182 libgcc.a} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1183
1184 @item -nostdinc++
1185 Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
1186 C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
1187 is used when building the C++ library.)
1188 @end table
1189
1190 In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
1191 have meanings only for C++ programs:
1192
1193 @table @code
1194 @item -fno-default-inline
1195 Do not assume @samp{inline} for functions defined inside a class scope.
1196 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options That Control Optimization}. Note that these
1197 functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
1198 inlined by default.
1199
1200 @item -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ only)
1201 Warn when a class seems unusable, because all the constructors or
1202 destructors in a class are private and the class has no friends or
1203 public static member functions.
1204
1205 @item -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ only)
1206 Warn when a class declares a non-virtual destructor that should probably
1207 be virtual, because it looks like the class will be used polymorphically.
1208
1209 @item -Wreorder (C++ only)
1210 @cindex reordering, warning
1211 @cindex warning for reordering of member initializers
1212 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
1213 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
1214
1215 @smallexample
1216 struct A @{
1217 int i;
1218 int j;
1219 A(): j (0), i (1) @{ @}
1220 @};
1221 @end smallexample
1222
1223 Here the compiler will warn that the member initializers for @samp{i}
1224 and @samp{j} will be rearranged to match the declaration order of the
1225 members.
1226 @end table
1227
1228 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not affected by @samp{-Wall}.
1229
1230 @table @code
1231 @item -Weffc++ (C++ only)
1232 Warn about violations of various style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
1233 @cite{Effective C++} books. If you use this option, you should be aware
1234 that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines;
1235 you can use @samp{grep -v} to filter out those warnings.
1236
1237 @item -Wno-deprecated (C++ only)
1238 Do not warn about usage of deprecated features. @xref{Deprecated Features}.
1239
1240 @item -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ only)
1241 Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
1242 within a template. With the advent of explicit template specification
1243 support in g++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (ie,
1244 @samp{friend foo(int)}), the C++ language specification demands that the
1245 friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
1246 14.5.3). Before g++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
1247 could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
1248 function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
1249 behavior for g++, @samp{-Wnon-template-friend} allows the compiler to
1250 check existing code for potential trouble spots, and is on by default.
1251 This new compiler behavior can also be turned off with the flag
1252 @samp{-fguiding-decls}, which activates the older, non-specification
1253 compiler code, or with @samp{-Wno-non-template-friend} which keeps the
1254 conformant compiler code but disables the helpful warning.
1255
1256 @item -Wold-style-cast (C++ only)
1257 Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast is used within a C++ program. The
1258 new-style casts (@samp{static_cast}, @samp{reinterpret_cast}, and
1259 @samp{const_cast}) are less vulnerable to unintended effects.
1260
1261 @item -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ only)
1262 @cindex overloaded virtual fn, warning
1263 @cindex warning for overloaded virtual fn
1264 Warn when a derived class function declaration may be an error in
1265 defining a virtual function. In a derived class, the
1266 definitions of virtual functions must match the type signature of a
1267 virtual function declared in the base class. With this option, the
1268 compiler warns when you define a function with the same name as a
1269 virtual function, but with a type signature that does not match any
1270 declarations from the base class.
1271
1272 @item -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ only)
1273 Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
1274 to a plain pointer.
1275
1276 @item -Wsign-promo (C++ only)
1277 Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
1278 enumeral type to a signed type over a conversion to an unsigned type of
1279 the same size. Previous versions of g++ would try to preserve
1280 unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
1281
1282 @item -Wsynth (C++ only)
1283 @cindex warning for synthesized methods
1284 @cindex synthesized methods, warning
1285 Warn when g++'s synthesis behavior does not match that of cfront. For
1286 instance:
1287
1288 @smallexample
1289 struct A @{
1290 operator int ();
1291 A& operator = (int);
1292 @};
1293
1294 main ()
1295 @{
1296 A a,b;
1297 a = b;
1298 @}
1299 @end smallexample
1300
1301 In this example, g++ will synthesize a default @samp{A& operator =
1302 (const A&);}, while cfront will use the user-defined @samp{operator =}.
1303 @end table
1304
1305 @node Warning Options
1306 @section Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
1307 @cindex options to control warnings
1308 @cindex warning messages
1309 @cindex messages, warning
1310 @cindex suppressing warnings
1311
1312 Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
1313 are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
1314 may have been an error.
1315
1316 You can request many specific warnings with options beginning @samp{-W},
1317 for example @samp{-Wimplicit} to request warnings on implicit
1318 declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a
1319 negative form beginning @samp{-Wno-} to turn off warnings;
1320 for example, @samp{-Wno-implicit}. This manual lists only one of the
1321 two forms, whichever is not the default.
1322
1323 These options control the amount and kinds of warnings produced by GCC:
1324
1325 @table @code
1326 @cindex syntax checking
1327 @item -fsyntax-only
1328 Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
1329
1330 @item -pedantic
1331 Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ANSI C and ISO C++;
1332 reject all programs that use forbidden extensions.
1333
1334 Valid ANSI C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or without
1335 this option (though a rare few will require @samp{-ansi}). However,
1336 without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++
1337 features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
1338
1339 @samp{-pedantic} does not cause warning messages for use of the
1340 alternate keywords whose names begin and end with @samp{__}. Pedantic
1341 warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
1342 @code{__extension__}. However, only system header files should use
1343 these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
1344 @xref{Alternate Keywords}.
1345
1346 This option is not intended to be @i{useful}; it exists only to satisfy
1347 pedants who would otherwise claim that GCC fails to support the ANSI
1348 standard.
1349
1350 Some users try to use @samp{-pedantic} to check programs for strict ANSI
1351 C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
1352 it finds some non-ANSI practices, but not all---only those for which
1353 ANSI C @emph{requires} a diagnostic.
1354
1355 A feature to report any failure to conform to ANSI C might be useful in
1356 some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
1357 be quite different from @samp{-pedantic}. We don't have plans to
1358 support such a feature in the near future.
1359
1360 @item -pedantic-errors
1361 Like @samp{-pedantic}, except that errors are produced rather than
1362 warnings.
1363
1364 @item -w
1365 Inhibit all warning messages.
1366
1367 @item -Wno-import
1368 Inhibit warning messages about the use of @samp{#import}.
1369
1370 @item -Wchar-subscripts
1371 Warn if an array subscript has type @code{char}. This is a common cause
1372 of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
1373 machines.
1374
1375 @item -Wcomment
1376 Warn whenever a comment-start sequence @samp{/*} appears in a @samp{/*}
1377 comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a @samp{//} comment.
1378
1379 @item -Wformat
1380 Check calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf}, etc., to make sure that
1381 the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
1382 specified.
1383
1384 @item -Wimplicit-int
1385 Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
1386
1387 @item -Wimplicit-function-declaration
1388 @itemx -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
1389 Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
1390 declared.
1391
1392 @item -Wimplicit
1393 Same as @samp{-Wimplicit-int} and @samp{-Wimplicit-function-}@*
1394 @samp{declaration}.
1395
1396 @item -Wmain
1397 Warn if the type of @samp{main} is suspicious. @samp{main} should be a
1398 function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
1399 arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types.
1400
1401 @item -Wmultichar
1402 Warn if a multicharacter constant (@samp{'FOOF'}) is used. Usually they
1403 indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined
1404 values, and should not be used in portable code.
1405
1406 @item -Wparentheses
1407 Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
1408 as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
1409 is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
1410 often get confused about.
1411
1412 Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
1413 @code{if} statement an @code{else} branch belongs. Here is an example of
1414 such a case:
1415
1416 @smallexample
1417 @{
1418 if (a)
1419 if (b)
1420 foo ();
1421 else
1422 bar ();
1423 @}
1424 @end smallexample
1425
1426 In C, every @code{else} branch belongs to the innermost possible @code{if}
1427 statement, which in this example is @code{if (b)}. This is often not
1428 what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above example by
1429 indentation the programmer chose. When there is the potential for this
1430 confusion, GNU C will issue a warning when this flag is specified.
1431 To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around the innermost
1432 @code{if} statement so there is no way the @code{else} could belong to
1433 the enclosing @code{if}. The resulting code would look like this:
1434
1435 @smallexample
1436 @{
1437 if (a)
1438 @{
1439 if (b)
1440 foo ();
1441 else
1442 bar ();
1443 @}
1444 @}
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @item -Wreturn-type
1448 Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults
1449 to @code{int}. Also warn about any @code{return} statement with no
1450 return-value in a function whose return-type is not @code{void}.
1451
1452 @item -Wswitch
1453 Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement has an index of enumeral type
1454 and lacks a @code{case} for one or more of the named codes of that
1455 enumeration. (The presence of a @code{default} label prevents this
1456 warning.) @code{case} labels outside the enumeration range also
1457 provoke warnings when this option is used.
1458
1459 @item -Wtrigraphs
1460 Warn if any trigraphs are encountered (assuming they are enabled).
1461
1462 @item -Wunused
1463 Warn whenever a variable is unused aside from its declaration,
1464 whenever a function is declared static but never defined, whenever a
1465 label is declared but not used, and whenever a statement computes a
1466 result that is explicitly not used.
1467
1468 In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
1469 specify both @samp{-W} and @samp{-Wunused}.
1470
1471 To suppress this warning for an expression, simply cast it to void. For
1472 unused variables, parameters and labels, use the @samp{unused} attribute
1473 (@pxref{Variable Attributes}).
1474
1475 @item -Wuninitialized
1476 An automatic variable is used without first being initialized.
1477
1478 These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation,
1479 because they require data flow information that is computed only
1480 when optimizing. If you don't specify @samp{-O}, you simply won't
1481 get these warnings.
1482
1483 These warnings occur only for variables that are candidates for
1484 register allocation. Therefore, they do not occur for a variable that
1485 is declared @code{volatile}, or whose address is taken, or whose size
1486 is other than 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. Also, they do not occur for
1487 structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in registers.
1488
1489 Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
1490 to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
1491 computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
1492 are printed.
1493
1494 These warnings are made optional because GCC is not smart
1495 enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
1496 despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
1497 this can happen:
1498
1499 @smallexample
1500 @{
1501 int x;
1502 switch (y)
1503 @{
1504 case 1: x = 1;
1505 break;
1506 case 2: x = 4;
1507 break;
1508 case 3: x = 5;
1509 @}
1510 foo (x);
1511 @}
1512 @end smallexample
1513
1514 @noindent
1515 If the value of @code{y} is always 1, 2 or 3, then @code{x} is
1516 always initialized, but GCC doesn't know this. Here is
1517 another common case:
1518
1519 @smallexample
1520 @{
1521 int save_y;
1522 if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
1523 @dots{}
1524 if (change_y) y = save_y;
1525 @}
1526 @end smallexample
1527
1528 @noindent
1529 This has no bug because @code{save_y} is used only if it is set.
1530
1531 Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
1532 you use that never return as @code{noreturn}. @xref{Function
1533 Attributes}.
1534
1535 @item -Wunknown-pragmas
1536 @cindex warning for unknown pragmas
1537 @cindex unknown pragmas, warning
1538 @cindex pragmas, warning of unknown
1539 Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
1540 GCC. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
1541 for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
1542 the warnings were only enabled by the @samp{-Wall} command line option.
1543
1544 @item -Wall
1545 All of the above @samp{-W} options combined. This enables all the
1546 warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and
1547 that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
1548 conjunction with macros.
1549 @end table
1550
1551 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not implied by @samp{-Wall}.
1552 Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do not
1553 consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check
1554 for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid
1555 in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
1556 the warning.
1557
1558 @table @code
1559 @item -W
1560 Print extra warning messages for these events:
1561
1562 @itemize @bullet
1563 @cindex @code{longjmp} warnings
1564 @item
1565 A nonvolatile automatic variable might be changed by a call to
1566 @code{longjmp}. These warnings as well are possible only in
1567 optimizing compilation.
1568
1569 The compiler sees only the calls to @code{setjmp}. It cannot know
1570 where @code{longjmp} will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
1571 call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
1572 even when there is in fact no problem because @code{longjmp} cannot
1573 in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
1574
1575 @item
1576 A function can return either with or without a value. (Falling
1577 off the end of the function body is considered returning without
1578 a value.) For example, this function would evoke such a
1579 warning:
1580
1581 @smallexample
1582 @group
1583 foo (a)
1584 @{
1585 if (a > 0)
1586 return a;
1587 @}
1588 @end group
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 @item
1592 An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma expression
1593 contains no side effects.
1594 To suppress the warning, cast the unused expression to void.
1595 For example, an expression such as @samp{x[i,j]} will cause a warning,
1596 but @samp{x[(void)i,j]} will not.
1597
1598 @item
1599 An unsigned value is compared against zero with @samp{<} or @samp{<=}.
1600
1601 @item
1602 A comparison like @samp{x<=y<=z} appears; this is equivalent to
1603 @samp{(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z}, which is a different interpretation from
1604 that of ordinary mathematical notation.
1605
1606 @item
1607 Storage-class specifiers like @code{static} are not the first things in
1608 a declaration. According to the C Standard, this usage is obsolescent.
1609
1610 @item
1611 If @samp{-Wall} or @samp{-Wunused} is also specified, warn about unused
1612 arguments.
1613
1614 @item
1615 A comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an
1616 incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
1617 (But don't warn if @samp{-Wno-sign-compare} is also specified.)
1618
1619 @item
1620 An aggregate has a partly bracketed initializer.
1621 For example, the following code would evoke such a warning,
1622 because braces are missing around the initializer for @code{x.h}:
1623
1624 @smallexample
1625 struct s @{ int f, g; @};
1626 struct t @{ struct s h; int i; @};
1627 struct t x = @{ 1, 2, 3 @};
1628 @end smallexample
1629
1630 @item
1631 An aggregate has an initializer which does not initialize all members.
1632 For example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
1633 @code{x.h} would be implicitly initialized to zero:
1634
1635 @smallexample
1636 struct s @{ int f, g, h; @};
1637 struct s x = @{ 3, 4 @};
1638 @end smallexample
1639 @end itemize
1640
1641 @item -Wtraditional
1642 Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
1643 ANSI C.
1644
1645 @itemize @bullet
1646 @item
1647 Macro arguments occurring within string constants in the macro body.
1648 These would substitute the argument in traditional C, but are part of
1649 the constant in ANSI C.
1650
1651 @item
1652 A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
1653 the block.
1654
1655 @item
1656 A @code{switch} statement has an operand of type @code{long}.
1657
1658 @item
1659 A non-@code{static} function declaration follows a @code{static} one.
1660 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
1661 @end itemize
1662
1663 @item -Wundef
1664 Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an @samp{#if} directive.
1665
1666 @item -Wshadow
1667 Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable.
1668
1669 @item -Wid-clash-@var{len}
1670 Warn whenever two distinct identifiers match in the first @var{len}
1671 characters. This may help you prepare a program that will compile
1672 with certain obsolete, brain-damaged compilers.
1673
1674 @item -Wlarger-than-@var{len}
1675 Warn whenever an object of larger than @var{len} bytes is defined.
1676
1677 @item -Wpointer-arith
1678 Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a function type or
1679 of @code{void}. GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for
1680 convenience in calculations with @code{void *} pointers and pointers
1681 to functions.
1682
1683 @item -Wbad-function-cast
1684 Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
1685 For example, warn if @code{int malloc()} is cast to @code{anything *}.
1686
1687 @item -Wcast-qual
1688 Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
1689 the target type. For example, warn if a @code{const char *} is cast
1690 to an ordinary @code{char *}.
1691
1692 @item -Wcast-align
1693 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
1694 target is increased. For example, warn if a @code{char *} is cast to
1695 an @code{int *} on machines where integers can only be accessed at
1696 two- or four-byte boundaries.
1697
1698 @item -Wwrite-strings
1699 Give string constants the type @code{const char[@var{length}]} so that
1700 copying the address of one into a non-@code{const} @code{char *}
1701 pointer will get a warning. These warnings will help you find at
1702 compile time code that can try to write into a string constant, but
1703 only if you have been very careful about using @code{const} in
1704 declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will just be a nuisance;
1705 this is why we did not make @samp{-Wall} request these warnings.
1706
1707 @item -Wconversion
1708 Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
1709 would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
1710 includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
1711 conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
1712 except when the same as the default promotion.
1713
1714 Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is implicitly
1715 converted to an unsigned type. For example, warn about the assignment
1716 @code{x = -1} if @code{x} is unsigned. But do not warn about explicit
1717 casts like @code{(unsigned) -1}.
1718
1719 @item -Wsign-compare
1720 @cindex warning for comparison of signed and unsigned values
1721 @cindex comparison of signed and unsigned values, warning
1722 @cindex signed and unsigned values, comparison warning
1723 Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
1724 an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
1725 This warning is also enabled by @samp{-W}; to get the other warnings
1726 of @samp{-W} without this warning, use @samp{-W -Wno-sign-compare}.
1727
1728 @item -Waggregate-return
1729 Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
1730 called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
1731 a warning.)
1732
1733 @item -Wstrict-prototypes
1734 Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
1735 argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
1736 a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
1737 types.)
1738
1739 @item -Wmissing-prototypes
1740 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
1741 declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
1742 provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
1743 to be declared in header files.
1744
1745 @item -Wmissing-declarations
1746 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
1747 Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
1748 Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
1749 header files.
1750
1751 @item -Wmissing-noreturn
1752 Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute @code{noreturn}.
1753 Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones. Care should
1754 be taken to manually verify functions actually do not ever return before
1755 adding the @code{noreturn} attribute, otherwise subtle code generation
1756 bugs could be introduced.
1757
1758 @item -Wredundant-decls
1759 Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
1760 cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
1761
1762 @item -Wnested-externs
1763 Warn if an @code{extern} declaration is encountered within an function.
1764
1765 @item -Winline
1766 Warn if a function can not be inlined, and either it was declared as inline,
1767 or else the @samp{-finline-functions} option was given.
1768
1769 @item -Wlong-long
1770 Warn if @samp{long long} type is used. This is default. To inhibit
1771 the warning messages, use @samp{-Wno-long-long}. Flags
1772 @samp{-Wlong-long} and @samp{-Wno-long-long} are taken into account
1773 only when @samp{-pedantic} flag is used.
1774
1775 @item -Werror
1776 Make all warnings into errors.
1777 @end table
1778
1779 @node Debugging Options
1780 @section Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC
1781 @cindex options, debugging
1782 @cindex debugging information options
1783
1784 GCC has various special options that are used for debugging
1785 either your program or GCC:
1786
1787 @table @code
1788 @item -g
1789 Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
1790 (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF). GDB can work with this debugging
1791 information.
1792
1793 On most systems that use stabs format, @samp{-g} enables use of extra
1794 debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information
1795 makes debugging work better in GDB but will probably make other debuggers
1796 crash or
1797 refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
1798 to generate the extra information, use @samp{-gstabs+}, @samp{-gstabs},
1799 @samp{-gxcoff+}, @samp{-gxcoff}, @samp{-gdwarf-1+}, or @samp{-gdwarf-1}
1800 (see below).
1801
1802 Unlike most other C compilers, GCC allows you to use @samp{-g} with
1803 @samp{-O}. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
1804 produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
1805 at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
1806 some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
1807 results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
1808 execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
1809
1810 Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
1811 it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
1812
1813 The following options are useful when GCC is generated with the
1814 capability for more than one debugging format.
1815
1816 @item -ggdb
1817 Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use the
1818 most expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format
1819 if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all
1820 possible.
1821
1822 @item -gstabs
1823 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
1824 without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX on most BSD
1825 systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
1826 produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by DBX or SDB.
1827 On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU assembler.
1828
1829 @item -gstabs+
1830 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
1831 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
1832 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
1833 refuse to read the program.
1834
1835 @item -gcoff
1836 Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported).
1837 This is the format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to
1838 System V Release 4.
1839
1840 @item -gxcoff
1841 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported).
1842 This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.
1843
1844 @item -gxcoff+
1845 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported),
1846 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
1847 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
1848 refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the GNU
1849 assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.
1850
1851 @item -gdwarf
1852 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
1853 supported). This is the format used by SDB on most System V Release 4
1854 systems.
1855
1856 @item -gdwarf+
1857 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
1858 supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger
1859 (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers
1860 crash or refuse to read the program.
1861
1862 @item -gdwarf-2
1863 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 format (if that is
1864 supported). This is the format used by DBX on IRIX 6.
1865
1866 @item -g@var{level}
1867 @itemx -ggdb@var{level}
1868 @itemx -gstabs@var{level}
1869 @itemx -gcoff@var{level}
1870 @itemx -gxcoff@var{level}
1871 @itemx -gdwarf@var{level}
1872 @itemx -gdwarf-2@var{level}
1873 Request debugging information and also use @var{level} to specify how
1874 much information. The default level is 2.
1875
1876 Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
1877 parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
1878 descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
1879 about local variables and no line numbers.
1880
1881 Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
1882 present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
1883 you use @samp{-g3}.
1884
1885 @cindex @code{prof}
1886 @item -p
1887 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
1888 analysis program @code{prof}. You must use this option when compiling
1889 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
1890 linking.
1891
1892 @cindex @code{gprof}
1893 @item -pg
1894 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
1895 analysis program @code{gprof}. You must use this option when compiling
1896 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
1897 linking.
1898
1899 @cindex @code{tcov}
1900 @item -a
1901 Generate extra code to write profile information for basic blocks, which will
1902 record the number of times each basic block is executed, the basic block start
1903 address, and the function name containing the basic block. If @samp{-g} is
1904 used, the line number and filename of the start of the basic block will also be
1905 recorded. If not overridden by the machine description, the default action is
1906 to append to the text file @file{bb.out}.
1907
1908 This data could be analyzed by a program like @code{tcov}. Note,
1909 however, that the format of the data is not what @code{tcov} expects.
1910 Eventually GNU @code{gprof} should be extended to process this data.
1911
1912 @item -Q
1913 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
1914 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
1915
1916 @item -ax
1917 Generate extra code to profile basic blocks. Your executable will
1918 produce output that is a superset of that produced when @samp{-a} is
1919 used. Additional output is the source and target address of the basic
1920 blocks where a jump takes place, the number of times a jump is executed,
1921 and (optionally) the complete sequence of basic blocks being executed.
1922 The output is appended to file @file{bb.out}.
1923
1924 You can examine different profiling aspects without recompilation. Your
1925 executable will read a list of function names from file @file{bb.in}.
1926 Profiling starts when a function on the list is entered and stops when
1927 that invocation is exited. To exclude a function from profiling, prefix
1928 its name with `-'. If a function name is not unique, you can
1929 disambiguate it by writing it in the form
1930 @samp{/path/filename.d:functionname}. Your executable will write the
1931 available paths and filenames in file @file{bb.out}.
1932
1933 Several function names have a special meaning:
1934 @table @code
1935 @item __bb_jumps__
1936 Write source, target and frequency of jumps to file @file{bb.out}.
1937 @item __bb_hidecall__
1938 Exclude function calls from frequency count.
1939 @item __bb_showret__
1940 Include function returns in frequency count.
1941 @item __bb_trace__
1942 Write the sequence of basic blocks executed to file @file{bbtrace.gz}.
1943 The file will be compressed using the program @samp{gzip}, which must
1944 exist in your @code{PATH}. On systems without the @samp{popen}
1945 function, the file will be named @file{bbtrace} and will not be
1946 compressed. @strong{Profiling for even a few seconds on these systems
1947 will produce a very large file.} Note: @code{__bb_hidecall__} and
1948 @code{__bb_showret__} will not affect the sequence written to
1949 @file{bbtrace.gz}.
1950 @end table
1951
1952 Here's a short example using different profiling parameters
1953 in file @file{bb.in}. Assume function @code{foo} consists of basic blocks
1954 1 and 2 and is called twice from block 3 of function @code{main}. After
1955 the calls, block 3 transfers control to block 4 of @code{main}.
1956
1957 With @code{__bb_trace__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
1958 the following sequence of blocks is written to file @file{bbtrace.gz}:
1959 0 3 1 2 1 2 4. The return from block 2 to block 3 is not shown, because
1960 the return is to a point inside the block and not to the top. The
1961 block address 0 always indicates, that control is transferred
1962 to the trace from somewhere outside the observed functions. With
1963 @samp{-foo} added to @file{bb.in}, the blocks of function
1964 @code{foo} are removed from the trace, so only 0 3 4 remains.
1965
1966 With @code{__bb_jumps__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
1967 jump frequencies will be written to file @file{bb.out}. The
1968 frequencies are obtained by constructing a trace of blocks
1969 and incrementing a counter for every neighbouring pair of blocks
1970 in the trace. The trace 0 3 1 2 1 2 4 displays the following
1971 frequencies:
1972
1973 @example
1974 Jump from block 0x0 to block 0x3 executed 1 time(s)
1975 Jump from block 0x3 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
1976 Jump from block 0x1 to block 0x2 executed 2 time(s)
1977 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
1978 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x4 executed 1 time(s)
1979 @end example
1980
1981 With @code{__bb_hidecall__}, control transfer due to call instructions
1982 is removed from the trace, that is the trace is cut into three parts: 0
1983 3 4, 0 1 2 and 0 1 2. With @code{__bb_showret__}, control transfer due
1984 to return instructions is added to the trace. The trace becomes: 0 3 1
1985 2 3 1 2 3 4. Note, that this trace is not the same, as the sequence
1986 written to @file{bbtrace.gz}. It is solely used for counting jump
1987 frequencies.
1988
1989 @item -fprofile-arcs
1990 Instrument @dfn{arcs} during compilation. For each function of your
1991 program, GCC creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree
1992 for the graph. Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be
1993 instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that these
1994 arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a
1995 block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a
1996 new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
1997
1998 Since not every arc in the program must be instrumented, programs
1999 compiled with this option run faster than programs compiled with
2000 @samp{-a}, which adds instrumentation code to every basic block in the
2001 program. The tradeoff: since @code{gcov} does not have
2002 execution counts for all branches, it must start with the execution
2003 counts for the instrumented branches, and then iterate over the program
2004 flow graph until the entire graph has been solved. Hence, @code{gcov}
2005 runs a little more slowly than a program which uses information from
2006 @samp{-a}.
2007
2008 @samp{-fprofile-arcs} also makes it possible to estimate branch
2009 probabilities, and to calculate basic block execution counts. In
2010 general, basic block execution counts do not give enough information to
2011 estimate all branch probabilities. When the compiled program exits, it
2012 saves the arc execution counts to a file called
2013 @file{@var{sourcename}.da}. Use the compiler option
2014 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities} (@pxref{Optimize Options,,Options that
2015 Control Optimization}) when recompiling, to optimize using estimated
2016 branch probabilities.
2017
2018 @need 2000
2019 @item -ftest-coverage
2020 Create data files for the @code{gcov} code-coverage utility
2021 (@pxref{Gcov,, @code{gcov}: a GCC Test Coverage Program}).
2022 The data file names begin with the name of your source file:
2023
2024 @table @code
2025 @item @var{sourcename}.bb
2026 A mapping from basic blocks to line numbers, which @code{gcov} uses to
2027 associate basic block execution counts with line numbers.
2028
2029 @item @var{sourcename}.bbg
2030 A list of all arcs in the program flow graph. This allows @code{gcov}
2031 to reconstruct the program flow graph, so that it can compute all basic
2032 block and arc execution counts from the information in the
2033 @code{@var{sourcename}.da} file (this last file is the output from
2034 @samp{-fprofile-arcs}).
2035 @end table
2036
2037 @item -Q
2038 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
2039 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
2040
2041 @item -d@var{letters}
2042 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
2043 @var{letters}. This is used for debugging the compiler. The file names
2044 for most of the dumps are made by appending a word to the source file
2045 name (e.g. @file{foo.c.rtl} or @file{foo.c.jump}). Here are the
2046 possible letters for use in @var{letters}, and their meanings:
2047
2048 @table @samp
2049 @item b
2050 Dump after computing branch probabilities, to @file{@var{file}.bp}.
2051 @item c
2052 Dump after instruction combination, to the file @file{@var{file}.combine}.
2053 @item d
2054 Dump after delayed branch scheduling, to @file{@var{file}.dbr}.
2055 @item D
2056 Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
2057 normal output.
2058 @item r
2059 Dump after RTL generation, to @file{@var{file}.rtl}.
2060 @item j
2061 Dump after first jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump}.
2062 @item F
2063 Dump after purging ADDRESSOF, to @file{@var{file}.addressof}.
2064 @item f
2065 Dump after flow analysis, to @file{@var{file}.flow}.
2066 @item g
2067 Dump after global register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.greg}.
2068 @item G
2069 Dump after GCSE, to @file{@var{file}.gcse}.
2070 @item j
2071 Dump after first jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump}.
2072 @item J
2073 Dump after last jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump2}.
2074 @item k
2075 Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to @file{@var{file}.stack}.
2076 @item l
2077 Dump after local register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.lreg}.
2078 @item L
2079 Dump after loop optimization, to @file{@var{file}.loop}.
2080 @item M
2081 Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganisation pass, to
2082 @file{@var{file}.mach}.
2083 @item N
2084 Dump after the register move pass, to @file{@var{file}.regmove}.
2085 @item r
2086 Dump after RTL generation, to @file{@var{file}.rtl}.
2087 @item R
2088 Dump after the second instruction scheduling pass, to @file{@var{file}.sched2}.
2089 @item s
2090 Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization that sometimes follows
2091 CSE), to @file{@var{file}.cse}.
2092 @item S
2093 Dump after the first instruction scheduling pass, to @file{@var{file}.sched}.
2094 @item t
2095 Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump optimization that
2096 sometimes follows CSE), to @file{@var{file}.cse2}.
2097 @item a
2098 Produce all the dumps listed above.
2099 @item m
2100 Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
2101 standard error.
2102 @item p
2103 Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
2104 pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
2105 also printed.
2106 @item x
2107 Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
2108 with @samp{r}.
2109 @item y
2110 Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.
2111 @item A
2112 Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
2113 @end table
2114
2115 @item -fdump-unnumbered
2116 When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruction
2117 numbers and line number note output. This makes it more feasible to
2118 use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invokations with different
2119 options, in particular with and without -g.
2120
2121 @item -fdump-translation-unit-@var{file} (C++ only)
2122 Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
2123 unit to @var{file}.
2124
2125 @item -fpretend-float
2126 When running a cross-compiler, pretend that the target machine uses the
2127 same floating point format as the host machine. This causes incorrect
2128 output of the actual floating constants, but the actual instruction
2129 sequence will probably be the same as GCC would make when running on
2130 the target machine.
2131
2132 @item -save-temps
2133 Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files permanently; place them
2134 in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
2135 compiling @file{foo.c} with @samp{-c -save-temps} would produce files
2136 @file{foo.i} and @file{foo.s}, as well as @file{foo.o}.
2137
2138 @item -print-file-name=@var{library}
2139 Print the full absolute name of the library file @var{library} that
2140 would be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this
2141 option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
2142 file name.
2143
2144 @item -print-prog-name=@var{program}
2145 Like @samp{-print-file-name}, but searches for a program such as @samp{cpp}.
2146
2147 @item -print-libgcc-file-name
2148 Same as @samp{-print-file-name=libgcc.a}.
2149
2150 This is useful when you use @samp{-nostdlib} or @samp{-nodefaultlibs}
2151 but you do want to link with @file{libgcc.a}. You can do
2152
2153 @example
2154 gcc -nostdlib @var{files}@dots{} `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
2155 @end example
2156
2157 @item -print-search-dirs
2158 Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
2159 program and library directories gcc will search---and don't do anything else.
2160
2161 This is useful when gcc prints the error message
2162 @samp{installation problem, cannot exec cpp: No such file or directory}.
2163 To resolve this you either need to put @file{cpp} and the other compiler
2164 components where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
2165 variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} to the directory where you installed them.
2166 Don't forget the trailing '/'.
2167 @xref{Environment Variables}.
2168 @end table
2169
2170 @node Optimize Options
2171 @section Options That Control Optimization
2172 @cindex optimize options
2173 @cindex options, optimization
2174
2175 These options control various sorts of optimizations:
2176
2177 @table @code
2178 @item -O
2179 @itemx -O1
2180 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
2181 more memory for a large function.
2182
2183 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of
2184 compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
2185 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
2186 between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
2187 change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
2188 get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
2189
2190 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler only allocates variables declared
2191 @code{register} in registers. The resulting compiled code is a little
2192 worse than produced by PCC without @samp{-O}.
2193
2194 With @samp{-O}, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
2195 time.
2196
2197 When you specify @samp{-O}, the compiler turns on @samp{-fthread-jumps}
2198 and @samp{-fdefer-pop} on all machines. The compiler turns on
2199 @samp{-fdelayed-branch} on machines that have delay slots, and
2200 @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} on machines that can support debugging even
2201 without a frame pointer. On some machines the compiler also turns
2202 on other flags.@refill
2203
2204 @item -O2
2205 Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations
2206 that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. The compiler does not
2207 perform loop unrolling or function inlining when you specify @samp{-O2}.
2208 As compared to @samp{-O}, this option increases both compilation time
2209 and the performance of the generated code.
2210
2211 @samp{-O2} turns on all optional optimizations except for loop unrolling
2212 and function inlining. It also turns on the @samp{-fforce-mem} option
2213 on all machines and frame pointer elimination on machines where doing so
2214 does not interfere with debugging.
2215
2216 @item -O3
2217 Optimize yet more. @samp{-O3} turns on all optimizations specified by
2218 @samp{-O2} and also turns on the @samp{inline-functions} option.
2219
2220 @item -O0
2221 Do not optimize.
2222
2223 @item -Os
2224 Optimize for size. @samp{-Os} enables all @samp{-O2} optimizations that
2225 do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
2226 optimizations designed to reduce code size.
2227
2228 If you use multiple @samp{-O} options, with or without level numbers,
2229 the last such option is the one that is effective.
2230 @end table
2231
2232 Options of the form @samp{-f@var{flag}} specify machine-independent
2233 flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
2234 form of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below,
2235 only one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default.
2236 You can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or
2237 adding it.
2238
2239 @table @code
2240 @item -ffloat-store
2241 Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
2242 options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
2243 register or memory.
2244
2245 @cindex floating point precision
2246 This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
2247 the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
2248 precision than a @code{double} is supposed to have. Similarly for the
2249 x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
2250 good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating
2251 point. Use @samp{-ffloat-store} for such programs, after modifying
2252 them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
2253
2254 @item -fno-default-inline
2255 Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
2256 defined inside the class scope (C++ only). Otherwise, when you specify
2257 @w{@samp{-O}}, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
2258 inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add @samp{inline} in front of
2259 the member function name.
2260
2261 @item -fno-defer-pop
2262 Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
2263 returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
2264 the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
2265 function calls and pops them all at once.
2266
2267 @item -fforce-mem
2268 Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing
2269 arithmetic on them. This produces better code by making all memory
2270 references potential common subexpressions. When they are not common
2271 subexpressions, instruction combination should eliminate the separate
2272 register-load. The @samp{-O2} option turns on this option.
2273
2274 @item -fforce-addr
2275 Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before
2276 doing arithmetic on them. This may produce better code just as
2277 @samp{-fforce-mem} may.
2278
2279 @item -fomit-frame-pointer
2280 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
2281 don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
2282 restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
2283 in many functions. @strong{It also makes debugging impossible on
2284 some machines.}
2285
2286 @ifset INTERNALS
2287 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2288 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2289 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2290 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
2291 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers}.@refill
2292 @end ifset
2293 @ifclear INTERNALS
2294 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2295 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2296 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2297 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
2298 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers,,Register
2299 Usage, gcc.info, Using and Porting GCC}.@refill
2300 @end ifclear
2301
2302 @item -fno-inline
2303 Don't pay attention to the @code{inline} keyword. Normally this option
2304 is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
2305 Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
2306
2307 @item -finline-functions
2308 Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
2309 heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
2310 integrating in this way.
2311
2312 If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
2313 declared @code{static}, then the function is normally not output as
2314 assembler code in its own right.
2315
2316 @item -finline-limit-@var{n}
2317 By default, gcc limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
2318 allows the control of this limit for functions that are explicitly marked as
2319 inline (ie marked with the inline keyword or defined within the class
2320 definition in c++). @var{n} is the size of functions that can be inlined in
2321 number of pseudo instructions (not counting parameter handling). The default
2322 value of n is 10000. Increasing this value can result in more inlined code at
2323 the cost of compilation time and memory consumption. Decreasing usually makes
2324 the compilation faster and less code will be inlined (which presumably
2325 means slower programs). This option is particularly useful for programs that
2326 use inlining heavily such as those based on recursive templates with c++.
2327
2328 @emph{Note:} pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
2329 abstract measurement of function's size. In no way, it represents a count
2330 of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
2331 release to an another.
2332
2333 @item -fkeep-inline-functions
2334 Even if all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
2335 is declared @code{static}, nevertheless output a separate run-time
2336 callable version of the function. This switch does not affect
2337 @code{extern inline} functions.
2338
2339 @item -fkeep-static-consts
2340 Emit variables declared @code{static const} when optimization isn't turned
2341 on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
2342
2343 GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
2344 check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
2345 optimization is turned on, use the @samp{-fno-keep-static-consts} option.
2346
2347 @item -fno-function-cse
2348 Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
2349 calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
2350
2351 This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
2352 that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
2353 performed when this option is not used.
2354
2355 @item -ffast-math
2356 This option allows GCC to violate some ANSI or IEEE rules and/or
2357 specifications in the interest of optimizing code for speed. For
2358 example, it allows the compiler to assume arguments to the @code{sqrt}
2359 function are non-negative numbers and that no floating-point values
2360 are NaNs.
2361
2362 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
2363 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2364 an exact implementation of IEEE or ANSI rules/specifications for
2365 math functions.
2366 @end table
2367
2368 @c following causes underfulls.. they don't look great, but we deal.
2369 @c --mew 26jan93
2370 The following options control specific optimizations. The @samp{-O2}
2371 option turns on all of these optimizations except @samp{-funroll-loops}
2372 and @samp{-funroll-all-loops}. On most machines, the @samp{-O} option
2373 turns on the @samp{-fthread-jumps} and @samp{-fdelayed-branch} options,
2374 but specific machines may handle it differently.
2375
2376 You can use the following flags in the rare cases when ``fine-tuning''
2377 of optimizations to be performed is desired.
2378
2379 @table @code
2380 @item -fstrength-reduce
2381 Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction and
2382 elimination of iteration variables.
2383
2384 @item -fthread-jumps
2385 Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
2386 location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
2387 so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
2388 second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
2389 the condition is known to be true or false.
2390
2391 @item -fcse-follow-jumps
2392 In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions
2393 when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
2394 example, when CSE encounters an @code{if} statement with an
2395 @code{else} clause, CSE will follow the jump when the condition
2396 tested is false.
2397
2398 @item -fcse-skip-blocks
2399 This is similar to @samp{-fcse-follow-jumps}, but causes CSE to
2400 follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE
2401 encounters a simple @code{if} statement with no else clause,
2402 @samp{-fcse-skip-blocks} causes CSE to follow the jump around the
2403 body of the @code{if}.
2404
2405 @item -frerun-cse-after-loop
2406 Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
2407 performed.
2408
2409 @item -frerun-loop-opt
2410 Run the loop optimizer twice.
2411
2412 @item -fgcse
2413 Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
2414 This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
2415
2416 @item -fexpensive-optimizations
2417 Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
2418
2419 @item -foptimize-register-moves
2420 @itemx -fregmove
2421 Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
2422 operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
2423 register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
2424 instructions. GCC enables this optimization by default with @samp{-O2}
2425 or higher.
2426
2427 Note @code{-fregmove} and @code{-foptimize-register-moves} are the same
2428 optimization.
2429
2430 @item -fdelayed-branch
2431 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
2432 to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
2433 instructions.
2434
2435 @item -fschedule-insns
2436 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
2437 eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
2438 helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
2439 by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
2440 or floating point instruction is required.
2441
2442 @item -fschedule-insns2
2443 Similar to @samp{-fschedule-insns}, but requests an additional pass of
2444 instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
2445 especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
2446 registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
2447
2448 @item -ffunction-sections
2449 @itemx -fdata-sections
2450 Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
2451 file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
2452 function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
2453 in the output file.
2454
2455 Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
2456 to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. HPPA
2457 processors running HP-UX and Sparc processors running Solaris 2 have
2458 linkers with such optimizations. Other systems using the ELF object format
2459 as well as AIX may have these optimizations in the future.
2460
2461 Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
2462 so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
2463 create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
2464 You will not be able to use @code{gprof} on all systems if you
2465 specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
2466 you specify both this option and @samp{-g}.
2467
2468 @item -fcaller-saves
2469 Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
2470 function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
2471 registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
2472 seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
2473
2474 This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
2475 those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
2476
2477 For all machines, optimization level 2 and higher enables this flag by
2478 default.
2479
2480 @item -funroll-loops
2481 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is only done for loops
2482 whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or run time.
2483 @samp{-funroll-loops} implies both @samp{-fstrength-reduce} and
2484 @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
2485
2486 @item -funroll-all-loops
2487 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is done for all loops
2488 and usually makes programs run more slowly. @samp{-funroll-all-loops}
2489 implies @samp{-fstrength-reduce} as well as @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
2490
2491 @item -fmove-all-movables
2492 Forces all invariant computations in loops to be moved
2493 outside the loop.
2494
2495 @item -freduce-all-givs
2496 Forces all general-induction variables in loops to be
2497 strength-reduced.
2498
2499 @emph{Note:} When compiling programs written in Fortran,
2500 @samp{-fmove-all-movables} and @samp{-freduce-all-givs} are enabled
2501 by default when you use the optimizer.
2502
2503 These options may generate better or worse code; results are highly
2504 dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
2505
2506 These two options are intended to be removed someday, once
2507 they have helped determine the efficacy of various
2508 approaches to improving loop optimizations.
2509
2510 Please let us (@code{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org} and @code{fortran@@gnu.org})
2511 know how use of these options affects
2512 the performance of your production code.
2513 We're very interested in code that runs @emph{slower}
2514 when these options are @emph{enabled}.
2515
2516 @item -fno-peephole
2517 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.
2518
2519 @item -fbranch-probabilities
2520 After running a program compiled with @samp{-fprofile-arcs}
2521 (@pxref{Debugging Options,, Options for Debugging Your Program or
2522 @code{gcc}}), you can compile it a second time using
2523 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, to improve optimizations based on
2524 guessing the path a branch might take.
2525
2526 @ifset INTERNALS
2527 With @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, GCC puts a @samp{REG_EXEC_COUNT}
2528 note on the first instruction of each basic block, and a
2529 @samp{REG_BR_PROB} note on each @samp{JUMP_INSN} and @samp{CALL_INSN}.
2530 These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
2531 used in one place: in @file{reorg.c}, instead of guessing which path a
2532 branch is mostly to take, the @samp{REG_BR_PROB} values are used to
2533 exactly determine which path is taken more often.
2534 @end ifset
2535
2536 @item -fstrict-aliasing
2537 Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
2538 the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates
2539 optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
2540 object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
2541 object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
2542 example, an @code{unsigned int} can alias an @code{int}, but not a
2543 @code{void*} or a @code{double}. A character type may alias any other
2544 type.
2545
2546 Pay special attention to code like this:
2547 @example
2548 union a_union @{
2549 int i;
2550 double d;
2551 @};
2552
2553 int f() @{
2554 a_union t;
2555 t.d = 3.0;
2556 return t.i;
2557 @}
2558 @end example
2559 The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
2560 recently written to (called ``type-punning'') is common. Even with
2561 @samp{-fstrict-aliasing}, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
2562 is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
2563 expected. However, this code might not:
2564 @example
2565 int f() @{
2566 a_union t;
2567 int* ip;
2568 t.d = 3.0;
2569 ip = &t.i;
2570 return *ip;
2571 @}
2572 @end example
2573
2574 @ifset INTERNALS
2575 Every language that wishes to perform language-specific alias analysis
2576 should define a function that computes, given an @code{tree}
2577 node, an alias set for the node. Nodes in different alias sets are not
2578 allowed to alias. For an example, see the C front-end function
2579 @code{c_get_alias_set}.
2580 @end ifset
2581
2582 @end table
2583
2584 @node Preprocessor Options
2585 @section Options Controlling the Preprocessor
2586 @cindex preprocessor options
2587 @cindex options, preprocessor
2588
2589 These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
2590 file before actual compilation.
2591
2592 If you use the @samp{-E} option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
2593 Some of these options make sense only together with @samp{-E} because
2594 they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
2595 compilation.
2596
2597 @table @code
2598 @item -include @var{file}
2599 Process @var{file} as input before processing the regular input file.
2600 In effect, the contents of @var{file} are compiled first. Any @samp{-D}
2601 and @samp{-U} options on the command line are always processed before
2602 @samp{-include @var{file}}, regardless of the order in which they are
2603 written. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros} options are
2604 processed in the order in which they are written.
2605
2606 @item -imacros @var{file}
2607 Process @var{file} as input, discarding the resulting output, before
2608 processing the regular input file. Because the output generated from
2609 @var{file} is discarded, the only effect of @samp{-imacros @var{file}}
2610 is to make the macros defined in @var{file} available for use in the
2611 main input.
2612
2613 Any @samp{-D} and @samp{-U} options on the command line are always
2614 processed before @samp{-imacros @var{file}}, regardless of the order in
2615 which they are written. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros}
2616 options are processed in the order in which they are written.
2617
2618 @item -idirafter @var{dir}
2619 @cindex second include path
2620 Add the directory @var{dir} to the second include path. The directories
2621 on the second include path are searched when a header file is not found
2622 in any of the directories in the main include path (the one that
2623 @samp{-I} adds to).
2624
2625 @item -iprefix @var{prefix}
2626 Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for subsequent @samp{-iwithprefix}
2627 options.
2628
2629 @item -iwithprefix @var{dir}
2630 Add a directory to the second include path. The directory's name is
2631 made by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, where @var{prefix} was
2632 specified previously with @samp{-iprefix}. If you have not specified a
2633 prefix yet, the directory containing the installed passes of the
2634 compiler is used as the default.
2635
2636 @item -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir}
2637 Add a directory to the main include path. The directory's name is made
2638 by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, as in the case of
2639 @samp{-iwithprefix}.
2640
2641 @item -isystem @var{dir}
2642 Add a directory to the beginning of the second include path, marking it
2643 as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
2644 is applied to the standard system directories.
2645
2646 @item -nostdinc
2647 Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only
2648 the directories you have specified with @samp{-I} options (and the
2649 current directory, if appropriate) are searched. @xref{Directory
2650 Options}, for information on @samp{-I}.
2651
2652 By using both @samp{-nostdinc} and @samp{-I-}, you can limit the include-file
2653 search path to only those directories you specify explicitly.
2654
2655 @item -undef
2656 Do not predefine any nonstandard macros. (Including architecture flags).
2657
2658 @item -E
2659 Run only the C preprocessor. Preprocess all the C source files
2660 specified and output the results to standard output or to the
2661 specified output file.
2662
2663 @item -C
2664 Tell the preprocessor not to discard comments. Used with the
2665 @samp{-E} option.
2666
2667 @item -P
2668 Tell the preprocessor not to generate @samp{#line} directives.
2669 Used with the @samp{-E} option.
2670
2671 @cindex make
2672 @cindex dependencies, make
2673 @item -M
2674 Tell the preprocessor to output a rule suitable for @code{make}
2675 describing the dependencies of each object file. For each source file,
2676 the preprocessor outputs one @code{make}-rule whose target is the object
2677 file name for that source file and whose dependencies are all the
2678 @code{#include} header files it uses. This rule may be a single line or
2679 may be continued with @samp{\}-newline if it is long. The list of rules
2680 is printed on standard output instead of the preprocessed C program.
2681
2682 @samp{-M} implies @samp{-E}.
2683
2684 Another way to specify output of a @code{make} rule is by setting
2685 the environment variable @code{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} (@pxref{Environment
2686 Variables}).
2687
2688 @item -MM
2689 Like @samp{-M} but the output mentions only the user header files
2690 included with @samp{#include "@var{file}"}. System header files
2691 included with @samp{#include <@var{file}>} are omitted.
2692
2693 @item -MD
2694 Like @samp{-M} but the dependency information is written to a file made by
2695 replacing ".c" with ".d" at the end of the input file names.
2696 This is in addition to compiling the file as specified---@samp{-MD} does
2697 not inhibit ordinary compilation the way @samp{-M} does.
2698
2699 In Mach, you can use the utility @code{md} to merge multiple dependency
2700 files into a single dependency file suitable for using with the @samp{make}
2701 command.
2702
2703 @item -MMD
2704 Like @samp{-MD} except mention only user header files, not system
2705 header files.
2706
2707 @item -MG
2708 Treat missing header files as generated files and assume they live in the
2709 same directory as the source file. If you specify @samp{-MG}, you
2710 must also specify either @samp{-M} or @samp{-MM}. @samp{-MG} is not
2711 supported with @samp{-MD} or @samp{-MMD}.
2712
2713 @item -H
2714 Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
2715 activities.
2716
2717 @item -A@var{question}(@var{answer})
2718 Assert the answer @var{answer} for @var{question}, in case it is tested
2719 with a preprocessing conditional such as @samp{#if
2720 #@var{question}(@var{answer})}. @samp{-A-} disables the standard
2721 assertions that normally describe the target machine.
2722
2723 @item -D@var{macro}
2724 Define macro @var{macro} with the string @samp{1} as its definition.
2725
2726 @item -D@var{macro}=@var{defn}
2727 Define macro @var{macro} as @var{defn}. All instances of @samp{-D} on
2728 the command line are processed before any @samp{-U} options.
2729
2730 @item -U@var{macro}
2731 Undefine macro @var{macro}. @samp{-U} options are evaluated after all
2732 @samp{-D} options, but before any @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros}
2733 options.
2734
2735 @item -dM
2736 Tell the preprocessor to output only a list of the macro definitions
2737 that are in effect at the end of preprocessing. Used with the @samp{-E}
2738 option.
2739
2740 @item -dD
2741 Tell the preprocessing to pass all macro definitions into the output, in
2742 their proper sequence in the rest of the output.
2743
2744 @item -dN
2745 Like @samp{-dD} except that the macro arguments and contents are omitted.
2746 Only @samp{#define @var{name}} is included in the output.
2747
2748 @item -trigraphs
2749 Support ANSI C trigraphs. The @samp{-ansi} option also has this effect.
2750
2751 @item -Wp,@var{option}
2752 Pass @var{option} as an option to the preprocessor. If @var{option}
2753 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2754 @end table
2755
2756 @node Assembler Options
2757 @section Passing Options to the Assembler
2758
2759 @c prevent bad page break with this line
2760 You can pass options to the assembler.
2761
2762 @table @code
2763 @item -Wa,@var{option}
2764 Pass @var{option} as an option to the assembler. If @var{option}
2765 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2766 @end table
2767
2768 @node Link Options
2769 @section Options for Linking
2770 @cindex link options
2771 @cindex options, linking
2772
2773 These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
2774 an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
2775 not doing a link step.
2776
2777 @table @code
2778 @cindex file names
2779 @item @var{object-file-name}
2780 A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
2781 considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
2782 distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
2783 contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
2784 to the linker.
2785
2786 @item -c
2787 @itemx -S
2788 @itemx -E
2789 If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
2790 object file names should not be used as arguments. @xref{Overall
2791 Options}.
2792
2793 @cindex Libraries
2794 @item -l@var{library}
2795 Search the library named @var{library} when linking.
2796
2797 It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
2798 linker searches processes libraries and object files in the order they
2799 are specified. Thus, @samp{foo.o -lz bar.o} searches library @samp{z}
2800 after file @file{foo.o} but before @file{bar.o}. If @file{bar.o} refers
2801 to functions in @samp{z}, those functions may not be loaded.
2802
2803 The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
2804 which is actually a file named @file{lib@var{library}.a}. The linker
2805 then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
2806
2807 The directories searched include several standard system directories
2808 plus any that you specify with @samp{-L}.
2809
2810 Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files
2811 whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
2812 scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
2813 been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
2814 ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
2815 difference between using an @samp{-l} option and specifying a file name
2816 is that @samp{-l} surrounds @var{library} with @samp{lib} and @samp{.a}
2817 and searches several directories.
2818
2819 @item -lobjc
2820 You need this special case of the @samp{-l} option in order to
2821 link an Objective C program.
2822
2823 @item -nostartfiles
2824 Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
2825 The standard system libraries are used normally, unless @code{-nostdlib}
2826 or @code{-nodefaultlibs} is used.
2827
2828 @item -nodefaultlibs
2829 Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
2830 Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.
2831 The standard startup files are used normally, unless @code{-nostartfiles}
2832 is used. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
2833 for System V (and ANSI C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
2834 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
2835 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
2836 mechanism when this option is specified.
2837
2838 @item -nostdlib
2839 Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
2840 No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
2841 the linker. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
2842 for System V (and ANSI C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
2843 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
2844 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
2845 mechanism when this option is specified.
2846
2847 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nostdlib}
2848 @cindex @code{-nostdlib} and unresolved references
2849 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nostdlib}
2850 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nodefaultlibs}
2851 @cindex @code{-nodefaultlibs} and unresolved references
2852 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nodefaultlibs}
2853 One of the standard libraries bypassed by @samp{-nostdlib} and
2854 @samp{-nodefaultlibs} is @file{libgcc.a}, a library of internal subroutines
2855 that GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
2856 needs for some languages.
2857 @ifset INTERNALS
2858 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GCC Output}, for more discussion of
2859 @file{libgcc.a}.)
2860 @end ifset
2861 @ifclear INTERNALS
2862 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GCC Output,gcc.info,Porting GCC},
2863 for more discussion of @file{libgcc.a}.)
2864 @end ifclear
2865 In most cases, you need @file{libgcc.a} even when you want to avoid
2866 other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify @samp{-nostdlib}
2867 or @samp{-nodefaultlibs} you should usually specify @samp{-lgcc} as well.
2868 This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GCC
2869 library subroutines. (For example, @samp{__main}, used to ensure C++
2870 constructors will be called; @pxref{Collect2,,@code{collect2}}.)
2871
2872 @item -s
2873 Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
2874
2875 @item -static
2876 On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
2877 libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
2878
2879 @item -shared
2880 Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
2881 form an executable. Not all systems support this option. You must
2882 also specify @samp{-fpic} or @samp{-fPIC} on some systems when
2883 you specify this option.
2884
2885 @item -symbolic
2886 Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
2887 about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
2888 option @samp{-Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs}). Only a few systems support
2889 this option.
2890
2891 @item -Xlinker @var{option}
2892 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. You can use this to
2893 supply system-specific linker options which GCC does not know how to
2894 recognize.
2895
2896 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
2897 @samp{-Xlinker} twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
2898 For example, to pass @samp{-assert definitions}, you must write
2899 @samp{-Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions}. It does not work to write
2900 @samp{-Xlinker "-assert definitions"}, because this passes the entire
2901 string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
2902
2903 @item -Wl,@var{option}
2904 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. If @var{option} contains
2905 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2906
2907 @item -u @var{symbol}
2908 Pretend the symbol @var{symbol} is undefined, to force linking of
2909 library modules to define it. You can use @samp{-u} multiple times with
2910 different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
2911 @end table
2912
2913 @node Directory Options
2914 @section Options for Directory Search
2915 @cindex directory options
2916 @cindex options, directory search
2917 @cindex search path
2918
2919 These options specify directories to search for header files, for
2920 libraries and for parts of the compiler:
2921
2922 @table @code
2923 @item -I@var{dir}
2924 Add the directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be
2925 searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
2926 file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
2927 searched before the system header file directories. If you use more
2928 than one @samp{-I} option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
2929 order; the standard system directories come after.
2930
2931 @item -I-
2932 Any directories you specify with @samp{-I} options before the @samp{-I-}
2933 option are searched only for the case of @samp{#include "@var{file}"};
2934 they are not searched for @samp{#include <@var{file}>}.
2935
2936 If additional directories are specified with @samp{-I} options after
2937 the @samp{-I-}, these directories are searched for all @samp{#include}
2938 directives. (Ordinarily @emph{all} @samp{-I} directories are used
2939 this way.)
2940
2941 In addition, the @samp{-I-} option inhibits the use of the current
2942 directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
2943 directory for @samp{#include "@var{file}"}. There is no way to
2944 override this effect of @samp{-I-}. With @samp{-I.} you can specify
2945 searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
2946 invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
2947 by default, but it is often satisfactory.
2948
2949 @samp{-I-} does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
2950 for header files. Thus, @samp{-I-} and @samp{-nostdinc} are
2951 independent.
2952
2953 @item -L@var{dir}
2954 Add directory @var{dir} to the list of directories to be searched
2955 for @samp{-l}.
2956
2957 @item -B@var{prefix}
2958 This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
2959 include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
2960
2961 The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
2962 @file{cpp}, @file{cc1}, @file{as} and @file{ld}. It tries
2963 @var{prefix} as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
2964 without @samp{@var{machine}/@var{version}/} (@pxref{Target Options}).
2965
2966 For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
2967 @samp{-B} prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if @samp{-B}
2968 was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
2969 @file{/usr/lib/gcc/} and @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/}. If neither of
2970 those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
2971 name is searched for using the directories specified in your
2972 @samp{PATH} environment variable.
2973
2974 @samp{-B} prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
2975 to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
2976 options into @samp{-L} options for the linker. They also apply to
2977 includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
2978 options into @samp{-isystem} options for the preprocessor. In this case,
2979 the compiler appends @samp{include} to the prefix.
2980
2981 The run-time support file @file{libgcc.a} can also be searched for using
2982 the @samp{-B} prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
2983 standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
2984 out of the link if it is not found by those means.
2985
2986 Another way to specify a prefix much like the @samp{-B} prefix is to use
2987 the environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. @xref{Environment
2988 Variables}.
2989
2990 @item -specs=@var{file}
2991 Process @var{file} after the compiler reads in the standard @file{specs}
2992 file, in order to override the defaults that the @file{gcc} driver
2993 program uses when determining what switches to pass to @file{cc1},
2994 @file{cc1plus}, @file{as}, @file{ld}, etc. More than one
2995 @samp{-specs=}@var{file} can be specified on the command line, and they
2996 are processed in order, from left to right.
2997 @end table
2998
2999 @node Spec Files
3000 @section Specifying subprocesses and the switches to pass to them
3001 @cindex Spec Files
3002 @code{GCC} is a driver program. It performs its job by invoking a
3003 sequence of other programs to do the work of compiling, assembling and
3004 linking. GCC interprets its command-line parameters and uses these to
3005 deduce which programs it should invoke, and which command-line options
3006 it ought to place on their command lines. This behaviour is controlled
3007 by @dfn{spec strings}. In most cases there is one spec string for each
3008 program that GCC can invoke, but a few programs have multiple spec
3009 strings to control their behaviour. The spec strings built into GCC can
3010 be overridden by using the @samp{-specs=} command-line switch to specify
3011 a spec file.
3012
3013 @dfn{Spec files} are plaintext files that are used to construct spec
3014 strings. They consist of a sequence of directives separated by blank
3015 lines. The type of directive is determined by the first non-whitespace
3016 character on the line and it can be one of the following:
3017
3018 @table @code
3019 @item %@var{command}
3020 Issues a @var{command} to the spec file processor. The commands that can
3021 appear here are:
3022
3023 @table @code
3024 @item %include <@var{file}>
3025 @cindex %include
3026 Search for @var{file} and insert its text at the current point in the
3027 specs file.
3028
3029 @item %include_noerr <@var{file}>
3030 @cindex %include_noerr
3031 Just like @samp{%include}, but do not generate an error message if the include
3032 file cannot be found.
3033
3034 @item %rename @var{old_name} @var{new_name}
3035 @cindex %rename
3036 Rename the spec string @var{old_name} to @var{new_name}.
3037
3038 @end table
3039
3040 @item *[@var{spec_name}]:
3041 This tells the compiler to create, override or delete the named spec
3042 string. All lines after this directive up to the next directive or
3043 blank line are considered to be the text for the spec string. If this
3044 results in an empty string then the spec will be deleted. (Or, if the
3045 spec did not exist, then nothing will happened.) Otherwise, if the spec
3046 does not currently exist a new spec will be created. If the spec does
3047 exist then its contents will be overridden by the text of this
3048 directive, unless the first character of that text is the @samp{+}
3049 character, in which case the text will be appended to the spec.
3050
3051 @item [@var{suffix}]:
3052 Creates a new @samp{[@var{suffix}] spec} pair. All lines after this directive
3053 and up to the next directive or blank line are considered to make up the
3054 spec string for the indicated suffix. When the compiler encounters an
3055 input file with the named suffix, it will processes the spec string in
3056 order to work out how to compile that file. For example:
3057
3058 @smallexample
3059 .ZZ:
3060 z-compile -input %i
3061 @end smallexample
3062
3063 This says that any input file whose name ends in @samp{.ZZ} should be
3064 passed to the program @samp{z-compile}, which should be invoked with the
3065 command-line switch @samp{-input} and with the result of performing the
3066 @samp{%i} substitution. (See below.)
3067
3068 As an alternative to providing a spec string, the text that follows a
3069 suffix directive can be one of the following:
3070
3071 @table @code
3072 @item @@@var{language}
3073 This says that the suffix is an alias for a known @var{language}. This is
3074 similar to using the @code{-x} command-line switch to GCC to specify a
3075 language explicitly. For example:
3076
3077 @smallexample
3078 .ZZ:
3079 @@c++
3080 @end smallexample
3081
3082 Says that .ZZ files are, in fact, C++ source files.
3083
3084 @item #@var{name}
3085 This causes an error messages saying:
3086
3087 @smallexample
3088 @var{name} compiler not installed on this system.
3089 @end smallexample
3090 @end table
3091
3092 GCC already has an extensive list of suffixes built into it.
3093 This directive will add an entry to the end of the list of suffixes, but
3094 since the list is searched from the end backwards, it is effectively
3095 possible to override earlier entries using this technique.
3096
3097 @end table
3098
3099 GCC has the following spec strings built into it. Spec files can
3100 override these strings or create their own. Note that individual
3101 targets can also add their own spec strings to this list.
3102
3103 @smallexample
3104 asm Options to pass to the assembler
3105 asm_final Options to pass to the assembler post-processor
3106 cpp Options to pass to the C preprocessor
3107 cc1 Options to pass to the C compiler
3108 cc1plus Options to pass to the C++ compiler
3109 endfile Object files to include at the end of the link
3110 link Options to pass to the linker
3111 lib Libraries to include on the command line to the linker
3112 libgcc Decides which GCC support library to pass to the linker
3113 linker Sets the name of the linker
3114 predefines Defines to be passed to the C preprocessor
3115 signed_char Defines to pass to CPP to say whether @code{char} is signed by default
3116 startfile Object files to include at the start of the link
3117 @end smallexample
3118
3119 Here is a small example of a spec file:
3120
3121 @smallexample
3122 %rename lib old_lib
3123
3124 *lib:
3125 --start-group -lgcc -lc -leval1 --end-group %(old_lib)
3126 @end smallexample
3127
3128 This example renames the spec called @samp{lib} to @samp{old_lib} and
3129 then overrides the previous definition of @samp{lib} with a new one.
3130 The new definition adds in some extra command-line options before
3131 including the text of the old definition.
3132
3133 @dfn{Spec strings} are a list of command-line options to be passed to their
3134 corresponding program. In addition, the spec strings can contain
3135 @samp{%}-prefixed sequences to substitute variable text or to
3136 conditionally insert text into the command line. Using these constructs
3137 it is possible to generate quite complex command lines.
3138
3139 Here is a table of all defined @samp{%}-sequences for spec
3140 strings. Note that spaces are not generated automatically around the
3141 results of expanding these sequences. Therefore you can concatenate them
3142 together or combine them with constant text in a single argument.
3143
3144 @table @code
3145 @item %%
3146 Substitute one @samp{%} into the program name or argument.
3147
3148 @item %i
3149 Substitute the name of the input file being processed.
3150
3151 @item %b
3152 Substitute the basename of the input file being processed.
3153 This is the substring up to (and not including) the last period
3154 and not including the directory.
3155
3156 @item %d
3157 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%d} as a
3158 temporary file name, so that that file will be deleted if GCC exits
3159 successfully. Unlike @samp{%g}, this contributes no text to the
3160 argument.
3161
3162 @item %g@var{suffix}
3163 Substitute a file name that has suffix @var{suffix} and is chosen
3164 once per compilation, and mark the argument in the same way as
3165 @samp{%d}. To reduce exposure to denial-of-service attacks, the file
3166 name is now chosen in a way that is hard to predict even when previously
3167 chosen file names are known. For example, @samp{%g.s ... %g.o ... %g.s}
3168 might turn into @samp{ccUVUUAU.s ccXYAXZ12.o ccUVUUAU.s}. @var{suffix} matches
3169 the regexp @samp{[.A-Za-z]*} or the special string @samp{%O}, which is
3170 treated exactly as if @samp{%O} had been preprocessed. Previously, @samp{%g}
3171 was simply substituted with a file name chosen once per compilation,
3172 without regard to any appended suffix (which was therefore treated
3173 just like ordinary text), making such attacks more likely to succeed.
3174
3175 @item %u@var{suffix}
3176 Like @samp{%g}, but generates a new temporary file name even if
3177 @samp{%u@var{suffix}} was already seen.
3178
3179 @item %U@var{suffix}
3180 Substitutes the last file name generated with @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, generating a
3181 new one if there is no such last file name. In the absence of any
3182 @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, this is just like @samp{%g@var{suffix}}, except they don't share
3183 the same suffix @emph{space}, so @samp{%g.s ... %U.s ... %g.s ... %U.s}
3184 would involve the generation of two distinct file names, one
3185 for each @samp{%g.s} and another for each @samp{%U.s}. Previously, @samp{%U} was
3186 simply substituted with a file name chosen for the previous @samp{%u},
3187 without regard to any appended suffix.
3188
3189 @item %w
3190 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%w} as the
3191 designated output file of this compilation. This puts the argument
3192 into the sequence of arguments that @samp{%o} will substitute later.
3193
3194 @item %o
3195 Substitutes the names of all the output files, with spaces
3196 automatically placed around them. You should write spaces
3197 around the @samp{%o} as well or the results are undefined.
3198 @samp{%o} is for use in the specs for running the linker.
3199 Input files whose names have no recognized suffix are not compiled
3200 at all, but they are included among the output files, so they will
3201 be linked.
3202
3203 @item %O
3204 Substitutes the suffix for object files. Note that this is
3205 handled specially when it immediately follows @samp{%g, %u, or %U},
3206 because of the need for those to form complete file names. The
3207 handling is such that @samp{%O} is treated exactly as if it had already
3208 been substituted, except that @samp{%g, %u, and %U} do not currently
3209 support additional @var{suffix} characters following @samp{%O} as they would
3210 following, for example, @samp{.o}.
3211
3212 @item %p
3213 Substitutes the standard macro predefinitions for the
3214 current target machine. Use this when running @code{cpp}.
3215
3216 @item %P
3217 Like @samp{%p}, but puts @samp{__} before and after the name of each
3218 predefined macro, except for macros that start with @samp{__} or with
3219 @samp{_@var{L}}, where @var{L} is an uppercase letter. This is for ANSI
3220 C.
3221
3222 @item %I
3223 Substitute a @samp{-iprefix} option made from GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
3224
3225 @item %s
3226 Current argument is the name of a library or startup file of some sort.
3227 Search for that file in a standard list of directories and substitute
3228 the full name found.
3229
3230 @item %e@var{str}
3231 Print @var{str} as an error message. @var{str} is terminated by a newline.
3232 Use this when inconsistent options are detected.
3233
3234 @item %|
3235 Output @samp{-} if the input for the current command is coming from a pipe.
3236
3237 @item %(@var{name})
3238 Substitute the contents of spec string @var{name} at this point.
3239
3240 @item %[@var{name}]
3241 Like @samp{%(...)} but put @samp{__} around @samp{-D} arguments.
3242
3243 @item %x@{@var{option}@}
3244 Accumulate an option for @samp{%X}.
3245
3246 @item %X
3247 Output the accumulated linker options specified by @samp{-Wl} or a @samp{%x}
3248 spec string.
3249
3250 @item %Y
3251 Output the accumulated assembler options specified by @samp{-Wa}.
3252
3253 @item %Z
3254 Output the accumulated preprocessor options specified by @samp{-Wp}.
3255
3256 @item %v1
3257 Substitute the major version number of GCC.
3258 (For version 2.9.5, this is 2.)
3259
3260 @item %v2
3261 Substitute the minor version number of GCC.
3262 (For version 2.9.5, this is 9.)
3263
3264 @item %a
3265 Process the @code{asm} spec. This is used to compute the
3266 switches to be passed to the assembler.
3267
3268 @item %A
3269 Process the @code{asm_final} spec. This is a spec string for
3270 passing switches to an assembler post-processor, if such a program is
3271 needed.
3272
3273 @item %l
3274 Process the @code{link} spec. This is the spec for computing the
3275 command line passed to the linker. Typically it will make use of the
3276 @samp{%L %G %S %D and %E} sequences.
3277
3278 @item %D
3279 Dump out a @samp{-L} option for each directory that GCC believes might
3280 contain startup files. If the target supports multilibs then the
3281 current multilib directory will be prepended to each of these paths.
3282
3283 @item %L
3284 Process the @code{lib} spec. This is a spec string for deciding which
3285 libraries should be included on the command line to the linker.
3286
3287 @item %G
3288 Process the @code{libgcc} spec. This is a spec string for deciding
3289 which GCC support library should be included on the command line to the linker.
3290
3291 @item %S
3292 Process the @code{startfile} spec. This is a spec for deciding which
3293 object files should be the first ones passed to the linker. Typically
3294 this might be a file named @file{crt0.o}.
3295
3296 @item %E
3297 Process the @code{endfile} spec. This is a spec string that specifies
3298 the last object files that will be passed to the linker.
3299
3300 @item %C
3301 Process the @code{cpp} spec. This is used to construct the arguments
3302 to be passed to the C preprocessor.
3303
3304 @item %c
3305 Process the @code{signed_char} spec. This is intended to be used
3306 to tell cpp whether a char is signed. It typically has the definition:
3307 @smallexample
3308 %@{funsigned-char:-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__@}
3309 @end smallexample
3310
3311 @item %1
3312 Process the @code{cc1} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
3313 passed to the actual C compiler (@samp{cc1}).
3314
3315 @item %2
3316 Process the @code{cc1plus} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
3317 passed to the actual C++ compiler (@samp{cc1plus}).
3318
3319 @item %*
3320 Substitute the variable part of a matched option. See below.
3321 Note that each comma in the substituted string is replaced by
3322 a single space.
3323
3324 @item %@{@code{S}@}
3325 Substitutes the @code{-S} switch, if that switch was given to GCC.
3326 If that switch was not specified, this substitutes nothing. Note that
3327 the leading dash is omitted when specifying this option, and it is
3328 automatically inserted if the substitution is performed. Thus the spec
3329 string @samp{%@{foo@}} would match the command-line option @samp{-foo}
3330 and would output the command line option @samp{-foo}.
3331
3332 @item %W@{@code{S}@}
3333 Like %@{@code{S}@} but mark last argument supplied within as a file to be
3334 deleted on failure.
3335
3336 @item %@{@code{S}*@}
3337 Substitutes all the switches specified to GCC whose names start
3338 with @code{-S}, but which also take an argument. This is used for
3339 switches like @samp{-o, -D, -I}, etc. GCC considers @samp{-o foo} as being
3340 one switch whose names starts with @samp{o}. %@{o*@} would substitute this
3341 text, including the space. Thus two arguments would be generated.
3342
3343 @item %@{^@code{S}*@}
3344 Like %@{@code{S}*@}, but don't put a blank between a switch and its
3345 argument. Thus %@{^o*@} would only generate one argument, not two.
3346
3347 @item %@{@code{S}*:@code{X}@}
3348 Substitutes @code{X} if one or more switches whose names start with
3349 @code{-S} are specified to GCC. Note that the tail part of the
3350 @code{-S} option (i.e. the part matched by the @samp{*}) will be substituted
3351 for each occurrence of @samp{%*} within @code{X}.
3352
3353 @item %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3354 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was given to GCC.
3355
3356 @item %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3357 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was @emph{not} given to GCC.
3358
3359 @item %@{|@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3360 Like %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if no @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
3361
3362 @item %@{|!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3363 Like %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if there is an @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
3364
3365 @item %@{.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3366 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
3367
3368 @item %@{!.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3369 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if @emph{not} processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
3370
3371 @item %@{@code{S}|@code{P}:@code{X}@}
3372 Substitutes @code{X} if either @code{-S} or @code{-P} was given to GCC. This may be
3373 combined with @samp{!} and @samp{.} sequences as well, although they
3374 have a stronger binding than the @samp{|}. For example a spec string
3375 like this:
3376
3377 @smallexample
3378 %@{.c:-foo@} %@{!.c:-bar@} %@{.c|d:-baz@} %@{!.c|d:-boggle@}
3379 @end smallexample
3380
3381 will output the following command-line options from the following input
3382 command-line options:
3383
3384 @smallexample
3385 fred.c -foo -baz
3386 jim.d -bar -boggle
3387 -d fred.c -foo -baz -boggle
3388 -d jim.d -bar -baz -boggle
3389 @end smallexample
3390
3391 @end table
3392
3393 The conditional text @code{X} in a %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@} or
3394 %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@} construct may contain other nested @samp{%} constructs
3395 or spaces, or even newlines. They are processed as usual, as described
3396 above.
3397
3398 The @samp{-O, -f, -m, and -W} switches are handled specifically in these
3399 constructs. If another value of @samp{-O} or the negated form of a @samp{-f, -m, or
3400 -W} switch is found later in the command line, the earlier switch
3401 value is ignored, except with @{@code{S}*@} where @code{S} is just one
3402 letter, which passes all matching options.
3403
3404 The character @samp{|} at the beginning of the predicate text is used to indicate
3405 that a command should be piped to the following command, but only if @samp{-pipe}
3406 is specified.
3407
3408 It is built into GCC which switches take arguments and which do not.
3409 (You might think it would be useful to generalize this to allow each
3410 compiler's spec to say which switches take arguments. But this cannot
3411 be done in a consistent fashion. GCC cannot even decide which input
3412 files have been specified without knowing which switches take arguments,
3413 and it must know which input files to compile in order to tell which
3414 compilers to run).
3415
3416 GCC also knows implicitly that arguments starting in @samp{-l} are to be
3417 treated as compiler output files, and passed to the linker in their
3418 proper position among the other output files.
3419
3420 @node Target Options
3421 @section Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version
3422 @cindex target options
3423 @cindex cross compiling
3424 @cindex specifying machine version
3425 @cindex specifying compiler version and target machine
3426 @cindex compiler version, specifying
3427 @cindex target machine, specifying
3428
3429 By default, GCC compiles code for the same type of machine that you
3430 are using. However, it can also be installed as a cross-compiler, to
3431 compile for some other type of machine. In fact, several different
3432 configurations of GCC, for different target machines, can be
3433 installed side by side. Then you specify which one to use with the
3434 @samp{-b} option.
3435
3436 In addition, older and newer versions of GCC can be installed side
3437 by side. One of them (probably the newest) will be the default, but
3438 you may sometimes wish to use another.
3439
3440 @table @code
3441 @item -b @var{machine}
3442 The argument @var{machine} specifies the target machine for compilation.
3443 This is useful when you have installed GCC as a cross-compiler.
3444
3445 The value to use for @var{machine} is the same as was specified as the
3446 machine type when configuring GCC as a cross-compiler. For
3447 example, if a cross-compiler was configured with @samp{configure
3448 i386v}, meaning to compile for an 80386 running System V, then you
3449 would specify @samp{-b i386v} to run that cross compiler.
3450
3451 When you do not specify @samp{-b}, it normally means to compile for
3452 the same type of machine that you are using.
3453
3454 @item -V @var{version}
3455 The argument @var{version} specifies which version of GCC to run.
3456 This is useful when multiple versions are installed. For example,
3457 @var{version} might be @samp{2.0}, meaning to run GCC version 2.0.
3458
3459 The default version, when you do not specify @samp{-V}, is the last
3460 version of GCC that you installed.
3461 @end table
3462
3463 The @samp{-b} and @samp{-V} options actually work by controlling part of
3464 the file name used for the executable files and libraries used for
3465 compilation. A given version of GCC, for a given target machine, is
3466 normally kept in the directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/@var{machine}/@var{version}}.@refill
3467
3468 Thus, sites can customize the effect of @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} either by
3469 changing the names of these directories or adding alternate names (or
3470 symbolic links). If in directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/} the
3471 file @file{80386} is a link to the file @file{i386v}, then @samp{-b
3472 80386} becomes an alias for @samp{-b i386v}.
3473
3474 In one respect, the @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} do not completely change
3475 to a different compiler: the top-level driver program @code{gcc}
3476 that you originally invoked continues to run and invoke the other
3477 executables (preprocessor, compiler per se, assembler and linker)
3478 that do the real work. However, since no real work is done in the
3479 driver program, it usually does not matter that the driver program
3480 in use is not the one for the specified target and version.
3481
3482 The only way that the driver program depends on the target machine is
3483 in the parsing and handling of special machine-specific options.
3484 However, this is controlled by a file which is found, along with the
3485 other executables, in the directory for the specified version and
3486 target machine. As a result, a single installed driver program adapts
3487 to any specified target machine and compiler version.
3488
3489 The driver program executable does control one significant thing,
3490 however: the default version and target machine. Therefore, you can
3491 install different instances of the driver program, compiled for
3492 different targets or versions, under different names.
3493
3494 For example, if the driver for version 2.0 is installed as @code{ogcc}
3495 and that for version 2.1 is installed as @code{gcc}, then the command
3496 @code{gcc} will use version 2.1 by default, while @code{ogcc} will use
3497 2.0 by default. However, you can choose either version with either
3498 command with the @samp{-V} option.
3499
3500 @node Submodel Options
3501 @section Hardware Models and Configurations
3502 @cindex submodel options
3503 @cindex specifying hardware config
3504 @cindex hardware models and configurations, specifying
3505 @cindex machine dependent options
3506
3507 Earlier we discussed the standard option @samp{-b} which chooses among
3508 different installed compilers for completely different target
3509 machines, such as Vax vs. 68000 vs. 80386.
3510
3511 In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own
3512 special options, starting with @samp{-m}, to choose among various
3513 hardware models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020,
3514 floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
3515 compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
3516 options specified.
3517
3518 Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
3519 options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
3520 platform.
3521
3522 @ifset INTERNALS
3523 These options are defined by the macro @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the
3524 machine description. The default for the options is also defined by
3525 that macro, which enables you to change the defaults.
3526 @end ifset
3527
3528 @menu
3529 * M680x0 Options::
3530 * VAX Options::
3531 * SPARC Options::
3532 * Convex Options::
3533 * AMD29K Options::
3534 * ARM Options::
3535 * Thumb Options::
3536 * MN10200 Options::
3537 * MN10300 Options::
3538 * M32R/D Options::
3539 * M88K Options::
3540 * RS/6000 and PowerPC Options::
3541 * RT Options::
3542 * MIPS Options::
3543 * i386 Options::
3544 * HPPA Options::
3545 * Intel 960 Options::
3546 * DEC Alpha Options::
3547 * Clipper Options::
3548 * H8/300 Options::
3549 * SH Options::
3550 * System V Options::
3551 * TMS320C3x/C4x Options::
3552 * V850 Options::
3553 * ARC Options::
3554 * NS32K Options::
3555 @end menu
3556
3557 @node M680x0 Options
3558 @subsection M680x0 Options
3559 @cindex M680x0 options
3560
3561 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 68000 series. The default
3562 values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was selected when
3563 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
3564 given below.
3565
3566 @table @code
3567 @item -m68000
3568 @itemx -mc68000
3569 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
3570 when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems.
3571
3572 Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core,
3573 including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
3574
3575 @item -m68020
3576 @itemx -mc68020
3577 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
3578 when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems.
3579
3580 @item -m68881
3581 Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point.
3582 This is the default for most 68020 systems unless @samp{-nfp} was
3583 specified when the compiler was configured.
3584
3585 @item -m68030
3586 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
3587 configured for 68030-based systems.
3588
3589 @item -m68040
3590 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
3591 configured for 68040-based systems.
3592
3593 This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
3594 emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
3595 have code to emulate those instructions.
3596
3597 @item -m68060
3598 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
3599 configured for 68060-based systems.
3600
3601 This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
3602 have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
3603 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
3604
3605 @item -mcpu32
3606 Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default
3607 when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems.
3608
3609 Use this option for microcontrollers with a
3610 CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
3611 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
3612
3613 @item -m5200
3614 Generate output for a 520X "coldfire" family cpu. This is the default
3615 when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
3616
3617 Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
3618 the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.
3619
3620
3621 @item -m68020-40
3622 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
3623 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3624 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3625 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
3626
3627 @item -m68020-60
3628 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
3629 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3630 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3631 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
3632
3633 @item -mfpa
3634 Generate output containing Sun FPA instructions for floating point.
3635
3636 @item -msoft-float
3637 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
3638 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k
3639 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
3640 used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must
3641 make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
3642 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{m68k-*-aout} and
3643 @samp{m68k-*-coff} do provide software floating point support.
3644
3645 @item -mshort
3646 Consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide, like @code{short int}.
3647
3648 @item -mnobitfield
3649 Do not use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68000}, @samp{-mcpu32}
3650 and @samp{-m5200} options imply @w{@samp{-mnobitfield}}.
3651
3652 @item -mbitfield
3653 Do use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68020} option implies
3654 @samp{-mbitfield}. This is the default if you use a configuration
3655 designed for a 68020.
3656
3657 @item -mrtd
3658 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
3659 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{rtd}
3660 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
3661 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
3662 the arguments there.
3663
3664 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
3665 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
3666 compiled with the Unix compiler.
3667
3668 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
3669 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
3670 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
3671 functions.
3672
3673 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
3674 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
3675 harmlessly ignored.)
3676
3677 The @code{rtd} instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
3678 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
3679
3680 @item -malign-int
3681 @itemx -mno-align-int
3682 Control whether GCC aligns @code{int}, @code{long}, @code{long long},
3683 @code{float}, @code{double}, and @code{long double} variables on a 32-bit
3684 boundary (@samp{-malign-int}) or a 16-bit boundary (@samp{-mno-align-int}).
3685 Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
3686 faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
3687
3688 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-malign-int} switch, GCC will
3689 align structures containing the above types differently than
3690 most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
3691
3692 @item -mpcrel
3693 Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
3694 using a global offset table. At present, this option implies -fpic,
3695 allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. -fPIC is
3696 not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be supported for
3697 68020 and higher processors.
3698
3699 @end table
3700
3701 @node VAX Options
3702 @subsection VAX Options
3703 @cindex VAX options
3704
3705 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Vax:
3706
3707 @table @code
3708 @item -munix
3709 Do not output certain jump instructions (@code{aobleq} and so on)
3710 that the Unix assembler for the Vax cannot handle across long
3711 ranges.
3712
3713 @item -mgnu
3714 Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
3715 will assemble with the GNU assembler.
3716
3717 @item -mg
3718 Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-format.
3719 @end table
3720
3721 @node SPARC Options
3722 @subsection SPARC Options
3723 @cindex SPARC options
3724
3725 These @samp{-m} switches are supported on the SPARC:
3726
3727 @table @code
3728 @item -mno-app-regs
3729 @itemx -mapp-regs
3730 Specify @samp{-mapp-regs} to generate output using the global registers
3731 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. This
3732 is the default.
3733
3734 To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
3735 specify @samp{-mno-app-regs}. You should compile libraries and system
3736 software with this option.
3737
3738 @item -mfpu
3739 @itemx -mhard-float
3740 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
3741 default.
3742
3743 @item -mno-fpu
3744 @itemx -msoft-float
3745 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
3746 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC
3747 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
3748 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
3749 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
3750 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{sparc-*-aout} and
3751 @samp{sparclite-*-*} do provide software floating point support.
3752
3753 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
3754 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
3755 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
3756 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
3757 this to work.
3758
3759 @item -mhard-quad-float
3760 Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
3761 instructions.
3762
3763 @item -msoft-quad-float
3764 Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
3765 floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
3766 in the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
3767
3768 As of this writing, there are no sparc implementations that have hardware
3769 support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
3770 a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
3771 emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
3772 this is much slower than calling the ABI library routines. Thus the
3773 @samp{-msoft-quad-float} option is the default.
3774
3775 @item -mno-epilogue
3776 @itemx -mepilogue
3777 With @samp{-mepilogue} (the default), the compiler always emits code for
3778 function exit at the end of each function. Any function exit in
3779 the middle of the function (such as a return statement in C) will
3780 generate a jump to the exit code at the end of the function.
3781
3782 With @samp{-mno-epilogue}, the compiler tries to emit exit code inline
3783 at every function exit.
3784
3785 @item -mno-flat
3786 @itemx -mflat
3787 With @samp{-mflat}, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions
3788 and will use a "flat" or single register window calling convention.
3789 This model uses %i7 as the frame pointer and is compatible with the normal
3790 register window model. Code from either may be intermixed.
3791 The local registers and the input registers (0-5) are still treated as
3792 "call saved" registers and will be saved on the stack as necessary.
3793
3794 With @samp{-mno-flat} (the default), the compiler emits save/restore
3795 instructions (except for leaf functions) and is the normal mode of operation.
3796
3797 @item -mno-unaligned-doubles
3798 @itemx -munaligned-doubles
3799 Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
3800
3801 With @samp{-munaligned-doubles}, GCC assumes that doubles have 8 byte
3802 alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
3803 absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
3804 Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
3805 generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
3806 in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
3807
3808 @item -mv8
3809 @itemx -msparclite
3810 These two options select variations on the SPARC architecture.
3811
3812 By default (unless specifically configured for the Fujitsu SPARClite),
3813 GCC generates code for the v7 variant of the SPARC architecture.
3814
3815 @samp{-mv8} will give you SPARC v8 code. The only difference from v7
3816 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and integer
3817 divide instructions which exist in SPARC v8 but not in SPARC v7.
3818
3819 @samp{-msparclite} will give you SPARClite code. This adds the integer
3820 multiply, integer divide step and scan (@code{ffs}) instructions which
3821 exist in SPARClite but not in SPARC v7.
3822
3823 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future GCC release.
3824 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
3825
3826 @item -mcypress
3827 @itemx -msupersparc
3828 These two options select the processor for which the code is optimised.
3829
3830 With @samp{-mcypress} (the default), the compiler optimizes code for the
3831 Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the SparcStation/SparcServer 3xx series.
3832 This is also appropriate for the older SparcStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
3833
3834 With @samp{-msupersparc} the compiler optimizes code for the SuperSparc cpu, as
3835 used in the SparcStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series. This flag also enables use
3836 of the full SPARC v8 instruction set.
3837
3838 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in a future GCC release.
3839 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
3840
3841 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
3842 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
3843 for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
3844 @samp{v7}, @samp{cypress}, @samp{v8}, @samp{supersparc}, @samp{sparclite},
3845 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{sparclite86x}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934},
3846 @samp{sparclet}, @samp{tsc701}, @samp{v9}, and @samp{ultrasparc}.
3847
3848 Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
3849 an architecture and not an implementation. These are @samp{v7}, @samp{v8},
3850 @samp{sparclite}, @samp{sparclet}, @samp{v9}.
3851
3852 Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
3853 implementations.
3854
3855 @smallexample
3856 v7: cypress
3857 v8: supersparc, hypersparc
3858 sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
3859 sparclet: tsc701
3860 v9: ultrasparc
3861 @end smallexample
3862
3863 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
3864 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
3865 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
3866 option @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would.
3867
3868 The same values for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} are used for
3869 @samp{-mtune=}@*@var{cpu_type}, though the only useful values are those that
3870 select a particular cpu implementation: @samp{cypress}, @samp{supersparc},
3871 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934}, @samp{sparclite86x},
3872 @samp{tsc701}, @samp{ultrasparc}.
3873
3874 @item -malign-loops=@var{num}
3875 Align loops to a 2 raised to a @var{num} byte boundary. If
3876 @samp{-malign-loops} is not specified, the default is 2.
3877
3878 @item -malign-jumps=@var{num}
3879 Align instructions that are only jumped to to a 2 raised to a @var{num}
3880 byte boundary. If @samp{-malign-jumps} is not specified, the default is 2.
3881
3882 @item -malign-functions=@var{num}
3883 Align the start of functions to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary.
3884 If @samp{-malign-functions} is not specified, the default is 2 if compiling
3885 for 32 bit sparc, and 5 if compiling for 64 bit sparc.
3886
3887 @end table
3888
3889 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
3890 on the SPARCLET processor.
3891
3892 @table @code
3893 @item -mlittle-endian
3894 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
3895
3896 @item -mlive-g0
3897 Treat register @code{%g0} as a normal register.
3898 GCC will continue to clobber it as necessary but will not assume
3899 it always reads as 0.
3900
3901 @item -mbroken-saverestore
3902 Generate code that does not use non-trivial forms of the @code{save} and
3903 @code{restore} instructions. Early versions of the SPARCLET processor do
3904 not correctly handle @code{save} and @code{restore} instructions used with
3905 arguments. They correctly handle them used without arguments. A @code{save}
3906 instruction used without arguments increments the current window pointer
3907 but does not allocate a new stack frame. It is assumed that the window
3908 overflow trap handler will properly handle this case as will interrupt
3909 handlers.
3910 @end table
3911
3912 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
3913 on SPARC V9 processors in 64 bit environments.
3914
3915 @table @code
3916 @item -mlittle-endian
3917 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
3918
3919 @item -m32
3920 @itemx -m64
3921 Generate code for a 32 bit or 64 bit environment.
3922 The 32 bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
3923 The 64 bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
3924 to 64 bits.
3925
3926 @item -mcmodel=medlow
3927 Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: the program must be linked
3928 in the low 32 bits of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
3929 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
3930
3931 @item -mcmodel=medmid
3932 Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: the program must be linked
3933 in the low 44 bits of the address space, the text segment must be less than
3934 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
3935 Pointers are 64 bits.
3936
3937 @item -mcmodel=medany
3938 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: the program may be linked
3939 anywhere in the address space, the text segment must be less than
3940 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
3941 Pointers are 64 bits.
3942
3943 @item -mcmodel=embmedany
3944 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
3945 assume a 32 bit text and a 32 bit data segment, both starting anywhere
3946 (determined at link time). Register %g4 points to the base of the
3947 data segment. Pointers still 64 bits.
3948 Programs are statically linked, PIC is not supported.
3949
3950 @item -mstack-bias
3951 @itemx -mno-stack-bias
3952 With @samp{-mstack-bias}, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and
3953 frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
3954 when making stack frame references.
3955 Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
3956 @end table
3957
3958 @node Convex Options
3959 @subsection Convex Options
3960 @cindex Convex options
3961
3962 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Convex:
3963
3964 @table @code
3965 @item -mc1
3966 Generate output for C1. The code will run on any Convex machine.
3967 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex__c1__} is defined.
3968
3969 @item -mc2
3970 Generate output for C2. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3971 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C2.
3972 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c2__} is defined.
3973
3974 @item -mc32
3975 Generate output for C32xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3976 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C32.
3977 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c32__} is defined.
3978
3979 @item -mc34
3980 Generate output for C34xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3981 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C34.
3982 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c34__} is defined.
3983
3984 @item -mc38
3985 Generate output for C38xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3986 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C38.
3987 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c38__} is defined.
3988
3989 @item -margcount
3990 Generate code which puts an argument count in the word preceding each
3991 argument list. This is compatible with regular CC, and a few programs
3992 may need the argument count word. GDB and other source-level debuggers
3993 do not need it; this info is in the symbol table.
3994
3995 @item -mnoargcount
3996 Omit the argument count word. This is the default.
3997
3998 @item -mvolatile-cache
3999 Allow volatile references to be cached. This is the default.
4000
4001 @item -mvolatile-nocache
4002 Volatile references bypass the data cache, going all the way to memory.
4003 This is only needed for multi-processor code that does not use standard
4004 synchronization instructions. Making non-volatile references to volatile
4005 locations will not necessarily work.
4006
4007 @item -mlong32
4008 Type long is 32 bits, the same as type int. This is the default.
4009
4010 @item -mlong64
4011 Type long is 64 bits, the same as type long long. This option is useless,
4012 because no library support exists for it.
4013 @end table
4014
4015 @node AMD29K Options
4016 @subsection AMD29K Options
4017 @cindex AMD29K options
4018
4019 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the AMD Am29000:
4020
4021 @table @code
4022 @item -mdw
4023 @kindex -mdw
4024 @cindex DW bit (29k)
4025 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is set, i.e., that byte and
4026 halfword operations are directly supported by the hardware. This is the
4027 default.
4028
4029 @item -mndw
4030 @kindex -mndw
4031 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is not set.
4032
4033 @item -mbw
4034 @kindex -mbw
4035 @cindex byte writes (29k)
4036 Generate code that assumes the system supports byte and halfword write
4037 operations. This is the default.
4038
4039 @item -mnbw
4040 @kindex -mnbw
4041 Generate code that assumes the systems does not support byte and
4042 halfword write operations. @samp{-mnbw} implies @samp{-mndw}.
4043
4044 @item -msmall
4045 @kindex -msmall
4046 @cindex memory model (29k)
4047 Use a small memory model that assumes that all function addresses are
4048 either within a single 256 KB segment or at an absolute address of less
4049 than 256k. This allows the @code{call} instruction to be used instead
4050 of a @code{const}, @code{consth}, @code{calli} sequence.
4051
4052 @item -mnormal
4053 @kindex -mnormal
4054 Use the normal memory model: Generate @code{call} instructions only when
4055 calling functions in the same file and @code{calli} instructions
4056 otherwise. This works if each file occupies less than 256 KB but allows
4057 the entire executable to be larger than 256 KB. This is the default.
4058
4059 @item -mlarge
4060 Always use @code{calli} instructions. Specify this option if you expect
4061 a single file to compile into more than 256 KB of code.
4062
4063 @item -m29050
4064 @kindex -m29050
4065 @cindex processor selection (29k)
4066 Generate code for the Am29050.
4067
4068 @item -m29000
4069 @kindex -m29000
4070 Generate code for the Am29000. This is the default.
4071
4072 @item -mkernel-registers
4073 @kindex -mkernel-registers
4074 @cindex kernel and user registers (29k)
4075 Generate references to registers @code{gr64-gr95} instead of to
4076 registers @code{gr96-gr127}. This option can be used when compiling
4077 kernel code that wants a set of global registers disjoint from that used
4078 by user-mode code.
4079
4080 Note that when this option is used, register names in @samp{-f} flags
4081 must use the normal, user-mode, names.
4082
4083 @item -muser-registers
4084 @kindex -muser-registers
4085 Use the normal set of global registers, @code{gr96-gr127}. This is the
4086 default.
4087
4088 @item -mstack-check
4089 @itemx -mno-stack-check
4090 @kindex -mstack-check
4091 @cindex stack checks (29k)
4092 Insert (or do not insert) a call to @code{__msp_check} after each stack
4093 adjustment. This is often used for kernel code.
4094
4095 @item -mstorem-bug
4096 @itemx -mno-storem-bug
4097 @kindex -mstorem-bug
4098 @cindex storem bug (29k)
4099 @samp{-mstorem-bug} handles 29k processors which cannot handle the
4100 separation of a mtsrim insn and a storem instruction (most 29000 chips
4101 to date, but not the 29050).
4102
4103 @item -mno-reuse-arg-regs
4104 @itemx -mreuse-arg-regs
4105 @kindex -mreuse-arg-regs
4106 @samp{-mno-reuse-arg-regs} tells the compiler to only use incoming argument
4107 registers for copying out arguments. This helps detect calling a function
4108 with fewer arguments than it was declared with.
4109
4110 @item -mno-impure-text
4111 @itemx -mimpure-text
4112 @kindex -mimpure-text
4113 @samp{-mimpure-text}, used in addition to @samp{-shared}, tells the compiler to
4114 not pass @samp{-assert pure-text} to the linker when linking a shared object.
4115
4116 @item -msoft-float
4117 @kindex -msoft-float
4118 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4119 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
4120 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
4121 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
4122 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4123 cross-compilation.
4124
4125 @item -mno-multm
4126 @kindex -mno-multm
4127 Do not generate multm or multmu instructions. This is useful for some embedded
4128 systems which do not have trap handlers for these instructions.
4129 @end table
4130
4131 @node ARM Options
4132 @subsection ARM Options
4133 @cindex ARM options
4134
4135 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM)
4136 architectures:
4137
4138 @table @code
4139 @item -mapcs-frame
4140 @kindex -mapcs-frame
4141 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call
4142 Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
4143 correct execution of the code. Specifying @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer}
4144 with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
4145 leaf functions. The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
4146
4147 @item -mapcs
4148 @kindex -mapcs
4149 This is a synonym for @samp{-mapcs-frame}.
4150
4151 @item -mapcs-26
4152 @kindex -mapcs-26
4153 Generate code for a processor running with a 26-bit program counter,
4154 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 26-bit
4155 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m2} and @samp{-m3} options
4156 of previous releases of the compiler.
4157
4158 @item -mapcs-32
4159 @kindex -mapcs-32
4160 Generate code for a processor running with a 32-bit program counter,
4161 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 32-bit
4162 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m6} option of previous releases
4163 of the compiler.
4164
4165 @item -mapcs-stack-check
4166 @kindex -mapcs-stack-check
4167 @kindex -mno-apcs-stack-check
4168 Generate code to check the amount of stack space available upon entry to
4169 every function (that actually uses some stack space). If there is
4170 insufficient space available then either the function
4171 @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_small} or @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_big} will be
4172 called, depending upon the amount of stack space required. The run time
4173 system is required to provide these functions. The default is
4174 @samp{-mno-apcs-stack-check}, since this produces smaller code.
4175
4176 @item -mapcs-float
4177 @kindex -mapcs-float
4178 @kindex -mno-apcs-float
4179 Pass floating point arguments using the float point registers. This is
4180 one of the variants of the APCS. This option is recommended if the
4181 target hardware has a floating point unit or if a lot of floating point
4182 arithmetic is going to be performed by the code. The default is
4183 @samp{-mno-apcs-float}, since integer only code is slightly increased in
4184 size if @samp{-mapcs-float} is used.
4185
4186 @item -mapcs-reentrant
4187 @kindex -mapcs-reentrant
4188 @kindex -mno-apcs-reentrant
4189 Generate reentrant, position independent code. This is the equivalent
4190 to specifying the @samp{-fpic} option. The default is
4191 @samp{-mno-apcs-reentrant}.
4192
4193 @item -mthumb-interwork
4194 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
4195 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
4196 Generate code which supports calling between the ARM and THUMB
4197 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4198 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4199 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly larger code is generated
4200 when @samp{-mthumb-interwork} is specified.
4201
4202 @item -mno-sched-prolog
4203 @kindex -mno-sched-prolog
4204 @kindex -msched-prolog
4205 Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
4206 merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
4207 body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
4208 of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
4209 different function prologues), and this information can be used to
4210 locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
4211 default is @samp{-msched-prolog}.
4212
4213 @item -mhard-float
4214 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
4215 default.
4216
4217 @item -msoft-float
4218 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4219 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all ARM
4220 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4221 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
4222 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4223 cross-compilation.
4224
4225 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
4226 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
4227 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
4228 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
4229 this to work.
4230
4231 @item -mlittle-endian
4232 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4233 the default for all standard configurations.
4234
4235 @item -mbig-endian
4236 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
4237 to compile code for a little-endian processor.
4238
4239 @item -mwords-little-endian
4240 This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
4241 Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
4242 order. That is, a byte order of the form @samp{32107654}. Note: this
4243 option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
4244 big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
4245 2.8.
4246
4247 @item -mshort-load-bytes
4248 @kindex -mshort-load-bytes
4249 Do not try to load half-words (eg @samp{short}s) by loading a word from
4250 an unaligned address. For some targets the MMU is configured to trap
4251 unaligned loads; use this option to generate code that is safe in these
4252 environments.
4253
4254 @item -mno-short-load-bytes
4255 @kindex -mno-short-load-bytes
4256 Use unaligned word loads to load half-words (eg @samp{short}s). This
4257 option produces more efficient code, but the MMU is sometimes configured
4258 to trap these instructions.
4259
4260 @item -mshort-load-words
4261 @kindex -mshort-load-words
4262 This is a synonym for @samp{-mno-short-load-bytes}.
4263
4264 @item -mno-short-load-words
4265 @kindex -mno-short-load-words
4266 This is a synonym for @samp{-mshort-load-bytes}.
4267
4268 @item -mbsd
4269 @kindex -mbsd
4270 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native BSD-mode
4271 compiler. This is the default if @samp{-ansi} is not specified.
4272
4273 @item -mxopen
4274 @kindex -mxopen
4275 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native X/Open-mode
4276 compiler.
4277
4278 @item -mno-symrename
4279 @kindex -mno-symrename
4280 This option only applies to RISC iX. Do not run the assembler
4281 post-processor, @samp{symrename}, after code has been assembled.
4282 Normally it is necessary to modify some of the standard symbols in
4283 preparation for linking with the RISC iX C library; this option
4284 suppresses this pass. The post-processor is never run when the
4285 compiler is built for cross-compilation.
4286
4287 @item -mcpu=<name>
4288 @kindex -mcpu=
4289 This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name
4290 to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4291 assembly code. Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60,
4292 arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di, arm7dmi,
4293 arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100, arm7500, arm7500fe,
4294 arm7tdmi, arm8, strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810,
4295 arm9, arm920, arm920t, arm9tdmi.
4296
4297 @itemx -mtune=<name>
4298 @kindex -mtune=
4299 This option is very similar to the @samp{-mcpu=} option, except that
4300 instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
4301 restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that GCC should
4302 tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
4303 specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
4304 will generate based on the cpu specified by a @samp{-mcpu=} option.
4305 For some arm implementations better performance can be obtained by using
4306 this option.
4307
4308 @item -march=<name>
4309 @kindex -march=
4310 This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this
4311 name to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4312 assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
4313 of the @samp{-mcpu=} option. Permissible names are: armv2, armv2a,
4314 armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5.
4315
4316 @item -mfpe=<number>
4317 @itemx -mfp=<number>
4318 @kindex -mfpe=
4319 @kindex -mfp=
4320 This specifes the version of the floating point emulation available on
4321 the target. Permissible values are 2 and 3. @samp{-mfp=} is a synonym
4322 for @samp{-mfpe=} to support older versions of GCC.
4323
4324 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
4325 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
4326 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4327 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
4328 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
4329 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4330 can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4331 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4332 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4333 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4334 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4335 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4336
4337 @item -mabort-on-noreturn
4338 @kindex -mabort-on-noreturn
4339 @kindex -mnoabort-on-noreturn
4340 Generate a call to the function abort at the end of a noreturn function.
4341 It will be executed if the function tries to return.
4342
4343 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
4344 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
4345 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
4346
4347 @item -msingle-pic-base
4348 @kindex -msingle-pic-base
4349 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
4350 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
4351 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
4352 before execution begins.
4353
4354 @item -mpic-register=<reg>
4355 @kindex -mpic-register=
4356 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10
4357 unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
4358
4359 @end table
4360
4361 @node Thumb Options
4362 @subsection Thumb Options
4363 @cindex Thumb Options
4364
4365 @table @code
4366
4367 @item -mthumb-interwork
4368 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
4369 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
4370 Generate code which supports calling between the THUMB and ARM
4371 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4372 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4373 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly smaller code is generated
4374 with this option.
4375
4376 @item -mtpcs-frame
4377 @kindex -mtpcs-frame
4378 @kindex -mno-tpcs-frame
4379 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4380 Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4381 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
4382
4383 @item -mtpcs-leaf-frame
4384 @kindex -mtpcs-leaf-frame
4385 @kindex -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
4386 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4387 Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4388 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-leaf-frame}.
4389
4390 @item -mlittle-endian
4391 @kindex -mlittle-endian
4392 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4393 the default for all standard configurations.
4394
4395 @item -mbig-endian
4396 @kindex -mbig-endian
4397 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode.
4398
4399 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
4400 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
4401 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4402 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
4403 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
4404 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4405 can produced faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4406 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4407 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4408 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4409 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4410 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4411
4412 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
4413 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
4414 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
4415
4416 @item -mcallee-super-interworking
4417 @kindex -mcallee-super-interworking
4418 Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM
4419 instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
4420 rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
4421 non-interworking code.
4422
4423 @item -mcaller-super-interworking
4424 @kindex -mcaller-super-interworking
4425 Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
4426 execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
4427 compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
4428 of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.
4429
4430 @item -msingle-pic-base
4431 @kindex -msingle-pic-base
4432 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
4433 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
4434 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
4435 before execution begins.
4436
4437 @item -mpic-register=<reg>
4438 @kindex -mpic-register=
4439 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10.
4440
4441 @end table
4442
4443 @node MN10200 Options
4444 @subsection MN10200 Options
4445 @cindex MN10200 options
4446 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10200 architectures:
4447 @table @code
4448
4449 @item -mrelax
4450 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4451 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4452 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4453
4454 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4455 @end table
4456
4457 @node MN10300 Options
4458 @subsection MN10300 Options
4459 @cindex MN10300 options
4460 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:
4461
4462 @table @code
4463 @item -mmult-bug
4464 Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300
4465 processors. This is the default.
4466
4467 @item -mno-mult-bug
4468 Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
4469 MN10300 processors.
4470
4471 @item -mrelax
4472 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4473 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4474 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4475
4476 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4477 @end table
4478
4479
4480 @node M32R/D Options
4481 @subsection M32R/D Options
4482 @cindex M32R/D options
4483
4484 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Mitsubishi M32R/D architectures:
4485
4486 @table @code
4487 @item -mcode-model=small
4488 Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
4489 can be loaded with the @code{ld24} instruction), and assume all subroutines
4490 are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
4491 This is the default.
4492
4493 The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
4494 @code{model} attribute.
4495
4496 @item -mcode-model=medium
4497 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4498 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
4499 assume all subroutines are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
4500
4501 @item -mcode-model=large
4502 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4503 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
4504 assume subroutines may not be reachable with the @code{bl} instruction
4505 (the compiler will generate the much slower @code{seth/add3/jl}
4506 instruction sequence).
4507
4508 @item -msdata=none
4509 Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
4510 one of @samp{.data}, @samp{bss}, or @samp{.rodata} (unless the
4511 @code{section} attribute has been specified).
4512 This is the default.
4513
4514 The small data area consists of sections @samp{.sdata} and @samp{.sbss}.
4515 Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
4516 @code{section} attribute using one of these sections.
4517
4518 @item -msdata=sdata
4519 Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
4520 generate special code to reference them.
4521
4522 @item -msdata=use
4523 Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
4524 special instructions to reference them.
4525
4526 @item -G @var{num}
4527 @cindex smaller data references
4528 Put global and static objects less than or equal to @var{num} bytes
4529 into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
4530 sections. The default value of @var{num} is 8.
4531 The @samp{-msdata} option must be set to one of @samp{sdata} or @samp{use}
4532 for this option to have any effect.
4533
4534 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
4535 Compiling with different values of @var{num} may or may not work; if it
4536 doesn't the linker will give an error message - incorrect code will not be
4537 generated.
4538
4539 @end table
4540
4541 @node M88K Options
4542 @subsection M88K Options
4543 @cindex M88k options
4544
4545 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Motorola 88k architectures:
4546
4547 @table @code
4548 @item -m88000
4549 @kindex -m88000
4550 Generate code that works well on both the m88100 and the
4551 m88110.
4552
4553 @item -m88100
4554 @kindex -m88100
4555 Generate code that works best for the m88100, but that also
4556 runs on the m88110.
4557
4558 @item -m88110
4559 @kindex -m88110
4560 Generate code that works best for the m88110, and may not run
4561 on the m88100.
4562
4563 @item -mbig-pic
4564 @kindex -mbig-pic
4565 Obsolete option to be removed from the next revision.
4566 Use @samp{-fPIC}.
4567
4568 @item -midentify-revision
4569 @kindex -midentify-revision
4570 @kindex ident
4571 @cindex identifying source, compiler (88k)
4572 Include an @code{ident} directive in the assembler output recording the
4573 source file name, compiler name and version, timestamp, and compilation
4574 flags used.
4575
4576 @item -mno-underscores
4577 @kindex -mno-underscores
4578 @cindex underscores, avoiding (88k)
4579 In assembler output, emit symbol names without adding an underscore
4580 character at the beginning of each name. The default is to use an
4581 underscore as prefix on each name.
4582
4583 @item -mocs-debug-info
4584 @itemx -mno-ocs-debug-info
4585 @kindex -mocs-debug-info
4586 @kindex -mno-ocs-debug-info
4587 @cindex OCS (88k)
4588 @cindex debugging, 88k OCS
4589 Include (or omit) additional debugging information (about registers used
4590 in each stack frame) as specified in the 88open Object Compatibility
4591 Standard, ``OCS''. This extra information allows debugging of code that
4592 has had the frame pointer eliminated. The default for DG/UX, SVr4, and
4593 Delta 88 SVr3.2 is to include this information; other 88k configurations
4594 omit this information by default.
4595
4596 @item -mocs-frame-position
4597 @kindex -mocs-frame-position
4598 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
4599 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
4600 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the canonical frame
4601 address, which is the stack pointer (register 31) on entry to the
4602 function. The DG/UX, SVr4, Delta88 SVr3.2, and BCS configurations use
4603 @samp{-mocs-frame-position}; other 88k configurations have the default
4604 @samp{-mno-ocs-frame-position}.
4605
4606 @item -mno-ocs-frame-position
4607 @kindex -mno-ocs-frame-position
4608 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
4609 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
4610 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the frame pointer
4611 register (register 30). When this option is in effect, the frame
4612 pointer is not eliminated when debugging information is selected by the
4613 -g switch.
4614
4615 @item -moptimize-arg-area
4616 @itemx -mno-optimize-arg-area
4617 @kindex -moptimize-arg-area
4618 @kindex -mno-optimize-arg-area
4619 @cindex arguments in frame (88k)
4620 Control how function arguments are stored in stack frames.
4621 @samp{-moptimize-arg-area} saves space by optimizing them, but this
4622 conflicts with the 88open specifications. The opposite alternative,
4623 @samp{-mno-optimize-arg-area}, agrees with 88open standards. By default
4624 GCC does not optimize the argument area.
4625
4626 @item -mshort-data-@var{num}
4627 @kindex -mshort-data-@var{num}
4628 @cindex smaller data references (88k)
4629 @cindex r0-relative references (88k)
4630 Generate smaller data references by making them relative to @code{r0},
4631 which allows loading a value using a single instruction (rather than the
4632 usual two). You control which data references are affected by
4633 specifying @var{num} with this option. For example, if you specify
4634 @samp{-mshort-data-512}, then the data references affected are those
4635 involving displacements of less than 512 bytes.
4636 @samp{-mshort-data-@var{num}} is not effective for @var{num} greater
4637 than 64k.
4638
4639 @item -mserialize-volatile
4640 @kindex -mserialize-volatile
4641 @itemx -mno-serialize-volatile
4642 @kindex -mno-serialize-volatile
4643 @cindex sequential consistency on 88k
4644 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee sequential consistency
4645 of volatile memory references. By default, consistency is
4646 guaranteed.
4647
4648 The order of memory references made by the MC88110 processor does
4649 not always match the order of the instructions requesting those
4650 references. In particular, a load instruction may execute before
4651 a preceding store instruction. Such reordering violates
4652 sequential consistency of volatile memory references, when there
4653 are multiple processors. When consistency must be guaranteed,
4654 GNU C generates special instructions, as needed, to force
4655 execution in the proper order.
4656
4657 The MC88100 processor does not reorder memory references and so
4658 always provides sequential consistency. However, by default, GNU
4659 C generates the special instructions to guarantee consistency
4660 even when you use @samp{-m88100}, so that the code may be run on an
4661 MC88110 processor. If you intend to run your code only on the
4662 MC88100 processor, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
4663
4664 The extra code generated to guarantee consistency may affect the
4665 performance of your application. If you know that you can safely
4666 forgo this guarantee, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
4667
4668 @item -msvr4
4669 @itemx -msvr3
4670 @kindex -msvr4
4671 @kindex -msvr3
4672 @cindex assembler syntax, 88k
4673 @cindex SVr4
4674 Turn on (@samp{-msvr4}) or off (@samp{-msvr3}) compiler extensions
4675 related to System V release 4 (SVr4). This controls the following:
4676
4677 @enumerate
4678 @item
4679 Which variant of the assembler syntax to emit.
4680 @item
4681 @samp{-msvr4} makes the C preprocessor recognize @samp{#pragma weak}
4682 that is used on System V release 4.
4683 @item
4684 @samp{-msvr4} makes GCC issue additional declaration directives used in
4685 SVr4.
4686 @end enumerate
4687
4688 @samp{-msvr4} is the default for the m88k-motorola-sysv4 and
4689 m88k-dg-dgux m88k configurations. @samp{-msvr3} is the default for all
4690 other m88k configurations.
4691
4692 @item -mversion-03.00
4693 @kindex -mversion-03.00
4694 This option is obsolete, and is ignored.
4695 @c ??? which asm syntax better for GAS? option there too?
4696
4697 @item -mno-check-zero-division
4698 @itemx -mcheck-zero-division
4699 @kindex -mno-check-zero-division
4700 @kindex -mcheck-zero-division
4701 @cindex zero division on 88k
4702 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee that integer division by
4703 zero will be detected. By default, detection is guaranteed.
4704
4705 Some models of the MC88100 processor fail to trap upon integer
4706 division by zero under certain conditions. By default, when
4707 compiling code that might be run on such a processor, GNU C
4708 generates code that explicitly checks for zero-valued divisors
4709 and traps with exception number 503 when one is detected. Use of
4710 mno-check-zero-division suppresses such checking for code
4711 generated to run on an MC88100 processor.
4712
4713 GNU C assumes that the MC88110 processor correctly detects all
4714 instances of integer division by zero. When @samp{-m88110} is
4715 specified, both @samp{-mcheck-zero-division} and
4716 @samp{-mno-check-zero-division} are ignored, and no explicit checks for
4717 zero-valued divisors are generated.
4718
4719 @item -muse-div-instruction
4720 @kindex -muse-div-instruction
4721 @cindex divide instruction, 88k
4722 Use the div instruction for signed integer division on the
4723 MC88100 processor. By default, the div instruction is not used.
4724
4725 On the MC88100 processor the signed integer division instruction
4726 div) traps to the operating system on a negative operand. The
4727 operating system transparently completes the operation, but at a
4728 large cost in execution time. By default, when compiling code
4729 that might be run on an MC88100 processor, GNU C emulates signed
4730 integer division using the unsigned integer division instruction
4731 divu), thereby avoiding the large penalty of a trap to the
4732 operating system. Such emulation has its own, smaller, execution
4733 cost in both time and space. To the extent that your code's
4734 important signed integer division operations are performed on two
4735 nonnegative operands, it may be desirable to use the div
4736 instruction directly.
4737
4738 On the MC88110 processor the div instruction (also known as the
4739 divs instruction) processes negative operands without trapping to
4740 the operating system. When @samp{-m88110} is specified,
4741 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} is ignored, and the div instruction is used
4742 for signed integer division.
4743
4744 Note that the result of dividing INT_MIN by -1 is undefined. In
4745 particular, the behavior of such a division with and without
4746 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} may differ.
4747
4748 @item -mtrap-large-shift
4749 @itemx -mhandle-large-shift
4750 @kindex -mtrap-large-shift
4751 @kindex -mhandle-large-shift
4752 @cindex bit shift overflow (88k)
4753 @cindex large bit shifts (88k)
4754 Include code to detect bit-shifts of more than 31 bits; respectively,
4755 trap such shifts or emit code to handle them properly. By default GCC
4756 makes no special provision for large bit shifts.
4757
4758 @item -mwarn-passed-structs
4759 @kindex -mwarn-passed-structs
4760 @cindex structure passing (88k)
4761 Warn when a function passes a struct as an argument or result.
4762 Structure-passing conventions have changed during the evolution of the C
4763 language, and are often the source of portability problems. By default,
4764 GCC issues no such warning.
4765 @end table
4766
4767 @node RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4768 @subsection IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4769 @cindex RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4770 @cindex IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4771
4772 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:
4773 @table @code
4774 @item -mpower
4775 @itemx -mno-power
4776 @itemx -mpower2
4777 @itemx -mno-power2
4778 @itemx -mpowerpc
4779 @itemx -mno-powerpc
4780 @itemx -mpowerpc-gpopt
4781 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gpopt
4782 @itemx -mpowerpc-gfxopt
4783 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
4784 @itemx -mpowerpc64
4785 @itemx -mno-powerpc64
4786 @kindex -mpower
4787 @kindex -mpower2
4788 @kindex -mpowerpc
4789 @kindex -mpowerpc-gpopt
4790 @kindex -mpowerpc-gfxopt
4791 @kindex -mpowerpc64
4792 GCC supports two related instruction set architectures for the
4793 RS/6000 and PowerPC. The @dfn{POWER} instruction set are those
4794 instructions supported by the @samp{rios} chip set used in the original
4795 RS/6000 systems and the @dfn{PowerPC} instruction set is the
4796 architecture of the Motorola MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
4797 the IBM 4xx microprocessors.
4798
4799 Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
4800 large common subset of instructions supported by both. An MQ
4801 register is included in processors supporting the POWER architecture.
4802
4803 You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
4804 processor you are using. The default value of these options is
4805 determined when configuring GCC. Specifying the
4806 @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} overrides the specification of these
4807 options. We recommend you use the @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} option
4808 rather than the options listed above.
4809
4810 The @samp{-mpower} option allows GCC to generate instructions that
4811 are found only in the POWER architecture and to use the MQ register.
4812 Specifying @samp{-mpower2} implies @samp{-power} and also allows GCC
4813 to generate instructions that are present in the POWER2 architecture but
4814 not the original POWER architecture.
4815
4816 The @samp{-mpowerpc} option allows GCC to generate instructions that
4817 are found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
4818 Specifying @samp{-mpowerpc-gpopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows
4819 GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
4820 General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
4821 @samp{-mpowerpc-gfxopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows GCC to
4822 use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
4823 group, including floating-point select.
4824
4825 The @samp{-mpowerpc64} option allows GCC to generate the additional
4826 64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
4827 and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC defaults to
4828 @samp{-mno-powerpc64}.
4829
4830 If you specify both @samp{-mno-power} and @samp{-mno-powerpc}, GCC
4831 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
4832 architectures plus some special AIX common-mode calls, and will not use
4833 the MQ register. Specifying both @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc}
4834 permits GCC to use any instruction from either architecture and to
4835 allow use of the MQ register; specify this for the Motorola MPC601.
4836
4837 @item -mnew-mnemonics
4838 @itemx -mold-mnemonics
4839 @kindex -mnew-mnemonics
4840 @kindex -mold-mnemonics
4841 Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code.
4842 @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} requests output that uses the assembler mnemonics
4843 defined for the PowerPC architecture, while @samp{-mold-mnemonics}
4844 requests the assembler mnemonics defined for the POWER architecture.
4845 Instructions defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic;
4846 GCC uses that mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is
4847 specified.
4848
4849 GCC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
4850 use. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} sometimes overrides the
4851 value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
4852 should normally not specify either @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} or
4853 @samp{-mold-mnemonics}, but should instead accept the default.
4854
4855 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
4856 @kindex -mcpu
4857 Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
4858 instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}.
4859 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{rios}, @samp{rios1},
4860 @samp{rsc}, @samp{rios2}, @samp{rs64a}, @samp{601}, @samp{602},
4861 @samp{603}, @samp{603e}, @samp{604}, @samp{604e}, @samp{620},
4862 @samp{630}, @samp{740}, @samp{750}, @samp{power}, @samp{power2},
4863 @samp{powerpc}, @samp{403}, @samp{505}, @samp{801}, @samp{821},
4864 @samp{823}, and @samp{860} and @samp{common}. @samp{-mcpu=power},
4865 @samp{-mcpu=power2}, @samp{-mcpu=powerpc}, and @samp{-mcpu=powerpc64}
4866 specify generic POWER, POWER2, pure 32-bit PowerPC (i.e., not MPC601),
4867 and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
4868 generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.@refill
4869
4870 Specifying any of the following options:
4871 @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2}, @samp{-mcpu=rsc},
4872 @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2}
4873 enables the @samp{-mpower} option and disables the @samp{-mpowerpc} option;
4874 @samp{-mcpu=601} enables both the @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.
4875 All of @samp{-mcpu=rs64a}, @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603},
4876 @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604}, @samp{-mcpu=620}, @samp{-mcpu=630},
4877 @samp{-mcpu=740}, and @samp{-mcpu=750}
4878 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
4879 Exactly similarly, all of @samp{-mcpu=403},
4880 @samp{-mcpu=505}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=860} and @samp{-mcpu=powerpc}
4881 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
4882 @samp{-mcpu=common} disables both the
4883 @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.@refill
4884
4885 AIX versions 4 or greater selects @samp{-mcpu=common} by default, so
4886 that code will operate on all members of the RS/6000 POWER and PowerPC
4887 families. In that case, GCC will use only the instructions in the
4888 common subset of both architectures plus some special AIX common-mode
4889 calls, and will not use the MQ register. GCC assumes a generic
4890 processor model for scheduling purposes.
4891
4892 Specifying any of the options @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2},
4893 @samp{-mcpu=rsc}, @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2} also
4894 disables the @samp{new-mnemonics} option. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=601},
4895 @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603}, @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604},
4896 @samp{-mcpu=620}, @samp{-mcpu=630}, @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=505},
4897 @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=860} or @samp{-mcpu=powerpc} also enables
4898 the @samp{new-mnemonics} option.@refill
4899
4900 Specifying @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, or @samp{-mcpu=860} also
4901 enables the @samp{-msoft-float} option.
4902
4903 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
4904 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
4905 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the architecture type, register usage,
4906 choice of mnemonics like @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would. The same
4907 values for @var{cpu_type} are used for @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type} as
4908 for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type}. The @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type}
4909 option overrides the @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} option in terms of
4910 instruction scheduling parameters.
4911
4912 @item -mfull-toc
4913 @itemx -mno-fp-in-toc
4914 @itemx -mno-sum-in-toc
4915 @itemx -mminimal-toc
4916 @kindex -mminimal-toc
4917 Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for
4918 every executable file. The @samp{-mfull-toc} option is selected by
4919 default. In that case, GCC will allocate at least one TOC entry for
4920 each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GCC
4921 will also place floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only
4922 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.
4923
4924 If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
4925 the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC space used
4926 with the @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} options.
4927 @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} prevents GCC from putting floating-point
4928 constants in the TOC and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} forces GCC to
4929 generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
4930 run-time instead of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one
4931 or both of these options. Each causes GCC to produce very slightly
4932 slower and larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
4933
4934 If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both of
4935 these options, specify @samp{-mminimal-toc} instead. This option causes
4936 GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you specify this
4937 option, GCC will produce code that is slower and larger but which
4938 uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option
4939 only on files that contain less frequently executed code. @refill
4940
4941 @item -m64
4942 @itemx -m32
4943 @kindex -m64
4944 @kindex -m32
4945 Enable 64-bit PowerPC ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
4946 @code{long} type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
4947 Specifying @samp{-m64} implies @samp{-mpowerpc64} and
4948 @samp{-mpowerpc}, while @samp{-m32} disables the 64-bit ABI and
4949 implies @samp{-mno-powerpc64}. GCC defaults to @samp{-m32}.
4950
4951 @item -mxl-call
4952 @itemx -mno-xl-call
4953 @kindex -mxl-call
4954 On AIX, pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the
4955 register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. The
4956 AIX calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
4957 handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
4958 address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. AIX XL
4959 compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
4960 RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
4961 optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
4962 stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
4963 default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by AIX
4964 XL compilers without optimization.
4965
4966 @item -mthreads
4967 @kindex -mthreads
4968 Support @dfn{AIX Threads}. Link an application written to use
4969 @dfn{pthreads} with special libraries and startup code to enable the
4970 application to run.
4971
4972 @item -mpe
4973 @kindex -mpe
4974 Support @dfn{IBM RS/6000 SP} @dfn{Parallel Environment} (PE). Link an
4975 application written to use message passing with special startup code to
4976 enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the
4977 standard location (@file{/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/}), or the @file{specs} file
4978 must be overridden with the @samp{-specs=} option to specify the
4979 appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
4980 support threads, so the @samp{-mpe} option and the @samp{-mthreads}
4981 option are incompatible.
4982
4983 @item -msoft-float
4984 @itemx -mhard-float
4985 @kindex -msoft-float
4986 Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
4987 Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
4988 @samp{-msoft-float} option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.
4989
4990 @item -mmultiple
4991 @itemx -mno-multiple
4992 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
4993 instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
4994 instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not
4995 generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use @samp{-mmultiple} on little
4996 endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
4997 processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and
4998 PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
4999
5000 @item -mstring
5001 @itemx -mno-string
5002 @kindex -mstring
5003 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
5004 and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
5005 do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
5006 POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
5007 @samp{-mstring} on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
5008 instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
5009 The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the instructions
5010 usage in little endian mode.
5011
5012 @item -mupdate
5013 @itemx -mno-update
5014 @kindex -mupdate
5015 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
5016 that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
5017 location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
5018 @samp{-mno-update}, there is a small window between the time that the
5019 stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
5020 stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
5021 signals may get corrupted data.
5022
5023 @item -mfused-madd
5024 @itemx -mno-fused-madd
5025 @kindex -mfused-madd
5026 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
5027 accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
5028 hardware floating is used.
5029
5030 @item -mno-bit-align
5031 @itemx -mbit-align
5032 @kindex -mbit-align
5033 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
5034 and unions that contain bit fields to be aligned to the base type of the
5035 bit field.
5036
5037 For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
5038 @code{unsigned} bitfields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
5039 boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using @samp{-mno-bit-align},
5040 the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
5041 size.
5042
5043 @item -mno-strict-align
5044 @itemx -mstrict-align
5045 @kindex -mstrict-align
5046 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5047 unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
5048
5049 @item -mrelocatable
5050 @itemx -mno-relocatable
5051 @kindex -mrelocatable
5052 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5053 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. If you
5054 use @samp{-mrelocatable} on any module, all objects linked together must
5055 be compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable} or @samp{-mrelocatable-lib}.
5056
5057 @item -mrelocatable-lib
5058 @itemx -mno-relocatable-lib
5059 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5060 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. Modules
5061 compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} can be linked with either modules
5062 compiled without @samp{-mrelocatable} and @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} or
5063 with modules compiled with the @samp{-mrelocatable} options.
5064
5065 @item -mno-toc
5066 @itemx -mtoc
5067 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5068 register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
5069 used in the program.
5070
5071 @item -mlittle
5072 @itemx -mlittle-endian
5073 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5074 processor in little endian mode. The @samp{-mlittle-endian} option is
5075 the same as @samp{-mlittle}.
5076
5077 @item -mbig
5078 @itemx -mbig-endian
5079 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5080 processor in big endian mode. The @samp{-mbig-endian} option is
5081 the same as @samp{-mbig}.
5082
5083 @item -mcall-sysv
5084 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5085 conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
5086 Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
5087 default unless you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
5088
5089 @item -mcall-sysv-eabi
5090 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-meabi} options.
5091
5092 @item -mcall-sysv-noeabi
5093 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-mno-eabi} options.
5094
5095 @item -mcall-aix
5096 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5097 conventions that are similar to those used on AIX. This is the
5098 default if you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
5099
5100 @item -mcall-solaris
5101 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Solaris
5102 operating system.
5103
5104 @item -mcall-linux
5105 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5106 Linux-based GNU system.
5107
5108 @item -mprototype
5109 @itemx -mno-prototype
5110 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
5111 variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
5112 compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
5113 set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (@var{CR}) to
5114 indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
5115 registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
5116 @samp{-mprototype}, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
5117 will set or clear the bit.
5118
5119 @item -msim
5120 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5121 @file{sim-crt0.o} and that the standard C libraries are @file{libsim.a} and
5122 @file{libc.a}. This is the default for @samp{powerpc-*-eabisim}.
5123 configurations.
5124
5125 @item -mmvme
5126 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5127 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libmvme.a} and
5128 @file{libc.a}.
5129
5130 @item -mads
5131 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5132 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libads.a} and
5133 @file{libc.a}.
5134
5135 @item -myellowknife
5136 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5137 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libyk.a} and
5138 @file{libc.a}.
5139
5140 @item -memb
5141 On embedded PowerPC systems, set the @var{PPC_EMB} bit in the ELF flags
5142 header to indicate that @samp{eabi} extended relocations are used.
5143
5144 @item -meabi
5145 @itemx -mno-eabi
5146 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
5147 Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
5148 modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting @code{-meabi}
5149 means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
5150 @code{__eabi} is called to from @code{main} to set up the eabi
5151 environment, and the @samp{-msdata} option can use both @code{r2} and
5152 @code{r13} to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
5153 @code{-mno-eabi} means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
5154 do not call an initialization function from @code{main}, and the
5155 @samp{-msdata} option will only use @code{r13} to point to a single
5156 small data area. The @samp{-meabi} option is on by default if you
5157 configured GCC using one of the @samp{powerpc*-*-eabi*} options.
5158
5159 @item -msdata=eabi
5160 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
5161 @code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata2} section, which
5162 is pointed to by register @code{r2}. Put small initialized
5163 non-@code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata} section,
5164 which is pointed to by register @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized
5165 global and static data in the @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to
5166 the @samp{.sdata} section. The @samp{-msdata=eabi} option is
5167 incompatible with the @samp{-mrelocatable} option. The
5168 @samp{-msdata=eabi} option also sets the @samp{-memb} option.
5169
5170 @item -msdata=sysv
5171 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5172 data in the @samp{.sdata} section, which is pointed to by register
5173 @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
5174 @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to the @samp{.sdata} section.
5175 The @samp{-msdata=sysv} option is incompatible with the
5176 @samp{-mrelocatable} option.
5177
5178 @item -msdata=default
5179 @itemx -msdata
5180 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if @samp{-meabi} is used,
5181 compile code the same as @samp{-msdata=eabi}, otherwise compile code the
5182 same as @samp{-msdata=sysv}.
5183
5184 @item -msdata-data
5185 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5186 data in the @samp{.sdata} section. Put small uninitialized global and
5187 static data in the @samp{.sbss} section. Do not use register @code{r13}
5188 to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
5189 other @samp{-msdata} options are used.
5190
5191 @item -msdata=none
5192 @itemx -mno-sdata
5193 On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
5194 in the @samp{.data} section, and all uninitialized data in the
5195 @samp{.bss} section.
5196
5197 @item -G @var{num}
5198 @cindex smaller data references (PowerPC)
5199 @cindex .sdata/.sdata2 references (PowerPC)
5200 On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
5201 equal to @var{num} bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
5202 the normal data or bss section. By default, @var{num} is 8. The
5203 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the linker.
5204 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
5205
5206 @item -mregnames
5207 @itemx -mno-regnames
5208 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
5209 names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
5210
5211 @end table
5212
5213 @node RT Options
5214 @subsection IBM RT Options
5215 @cindex RT options
5216 @cindex IBM RT options
5217
5218 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RT PC:
5219
5220 @table @code
5221 @item -min-line-mul
5222 Use an in-line code sequence for integer multiplies. This is the
5223 default.
5224
5225 @item -mcall-lib-mul
5226 Call @code{lmul$$} for integer multiples.
5227
5228 @item -mfull-fp-blocks
5229 Generate full-size floating point data blocks, including the minimum
5230 amount of scratch space recommended by IBM. This is the default.
5231
5232 @item -mminimum-fp-blocks
5233 Do not include extra scratch space in floating point data blocks. This
5234 results in smaller code, but slower execution, since scratch space must
5235 be allocated dynamically.
5236
5237 @cindex @file{varargs.h} and RT PC
5238 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and RT PC
5239 @item -mfp-arg-in-fpregs
5240 Use a calling sequence incompatible with the IBM calling convention in
5241 which floating point arguments are passed in floating point registers.
5242 Note that @code{varargs.h} and @code{stdargs.h} will not work with
5243 floating point operands if this option is specified.
5244
5245 @item -mfp-arg-in-gregs
5246 Use the normal calling convention for floating point arguments. This is
5247 the default.
5248
5249 @item -mhc-struct-return
5250 Return structures of more than one word in memory, rather than in a
5251 register. This provides compatibility with the MetaWare HighC (hc)
5252 compiler. Use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} for compatibility
5253 with the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
5254
5255 @item -mnohc-struct-return
5256 Return some structures of more than one word in registers, when
5257 convenient. This is the default. For compatibility with the
5258 IBM-supplied compilers, use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} or the
5259 option @samp{-mhc-struct-return}.
5260 @end table
5261
5262 @node MIPS Options
5263 @subsection MIPS Options
5264 @cindex MIPS options
5265
5266 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the MIPS family of computers:
5267
5268 @table @code
5269 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
5270 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
5271 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
5272 @samp{r3900}, @samp{r4000}, @samp{r4100}, @samp{r4300}, @samp{r4400},
5273 @samp{r4600}, @samp{r4650}, @samp{r5000}, @samp{r6000}, @samp{r8000},
5274 and @samp{orion}. Additionally, the @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
5275 @samp{r4000}, @samp{r5000}, and @samp{r6000} can be abbreviated as
5276 @samp{r2k} (or @samp{r2K}), @samp{r3k}, etc. While picking a specific
5277 @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately for that particular
5278 chip, the compiler will not generate any code that does not meet level 1
5279 of the MIPS ISA (instruction set architecture) without a @samp{-mipsX}
5280 or @samp{-mabi} switch being used.
5281
5282 @item -mips1
5283 Issue instructions from level 1 of the MIPS ISA. This is the default.
5284 @samp{r3000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5285
5286 @item -mips2
5287 Issue instructions from level 2 of the MIPS ISA (branch likely, square
5288 root instructions). @samp{r6000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this
5289 ISA level.
5290
5291 @item -mips3
5292 Issue instructions from level 3 of the MIPS ISA (64 bit instructions).
5293 @samp{r4000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5294
5295 @item -mips4
5296 Issue instructions from level 4 of the MIPS ISA (conditional move,
5297 prefetch, enhanced FPU instructions). @samp{r8000} is the default
5298 @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5299
5300 @item -mfp32
5301 Assume that 32 32-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5302 the default.
5303
5304 @item -mfp64
5305 Assume that 32 64-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5306 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
5307
5308 @item -mgp32
5309 Assume that 32 32-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5310 the default.
5311
5312 @item -mgp64
5313 Assume that 32 64-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5314 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
5315
5316 @item -mint64
5317 Force int and long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
5318 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5319
5320 @item -mlong64
5321 Force long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
5322 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5323
5324 @item -mlong32
5325 Force long, int, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
5326
5327 If none of @samp{-mlong32}, @samp{-mlong64}, or @samp{-mint64} are set,
5328 the size of ints, longs, and pointers depends on the ABI and ISA choosen.
5329 For @samp{-mabi=32}, and @samp{-mabi=n32}, ints and longs are 32 bits
5330 wide. For @samp{-mabi=64}, ints are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide.
5331 For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and either @samp{-mips1} or @samp{-mips2}, ints
5332 and longs are 32 bits wide. For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and higher ISAs, ints
5333 are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide. The width of pointer types is
5334 the smaller of the width of longs or the width of general purpose
5335 registers (which in turn depends on the ISA).
5336
5337 @item -mabi=32
5338 @itemx -mabi=o64
5339 @itemx -mabi=n32
5340 @itemx -mabi=64
5341 @itemx -mabi=eabi
5342 Generate code for the indicated ABI. The default instruction level is
5343 @samp{-mips1} for @samp{32}, @samp{-mips3} for @samp{n32}, and
5344 @samp{-mips4} otherwise. Conversely, with @samp{-mips1} or
5345 @samp{-mips2}, the default ABI is @samp{32}; otherwise, the default ABI
5346 is @samp{64}.
5347
5348 @item -mmips-as
5349 Generate code for the MIPS assembler, and invoke @file{mips-tfile} to
5350 add normal debug information. This is the default for all
5351 platforms except for the OSF/1 reference platform, using the OSF/rose
5352 object format. If the either of the @samp{-gstabs} or @samp{-gstabs+}
5353 switches are used, the @file{mips-tfile} program will encapsulate the
5354 stabs within MIPS ECOFF.
5355
5356 @item -mgas
5357 Generate code for the GNU assembler. This is the default on the OSF/1
5358 reference platform, using the OSF/rose object format. Also, this is
5359 the default if the configure option @samp{--with-gnu-as} is used.
5360
5361 @item -msplit-addresses
5362 @itemx -mno-split-addresses
5363 Generate code to load the high and low parts of address constants separately.
5364 This allows @code{gcc} to optimize away redundant loads of the high order
5365 bits of addresses. This optimization requires GNU as and GNU ld.
5366 This optimization is enabled by default for some embedded targets where
5367 GNU as and GNU ld are standard.
5368
5369 @item -mrnames
5370 @itemx -mno-rnames
5371 The @samp{-mrnames} switch says to output code using the MIPS software
5372 names for the registers, instead of the hardware names (ie, @var{a0}
5373 instead of @var{$4}). The only known assembler that supports this option
5374 is the Algorithmics assembler.
5375
5376 @item -mgpopt
5377 @itemx -mno-gpopt
5378 The @samp{-mgpopt} switch says to write all of the data declarations
5379 before the instructions in the text section, this allows the MIPS
5380 assembler to generate one word memory references instead of using two
5381 words for short global or static data items. This is on by default if
5382 optimization is selected.
5383
5384 @item -mstats
5385 @itemx -mno-stats
5386 For each non-inline function processed, the @samp{-mstats} switch
5387 causes the compiler to emit one line to the standard error file to
5388 print statistics about the program (number of registers saved, stack
5389 size, etc.).
5390
5391 @item -mmemcpy
5392 @itemx -mno-memcpy
5393 The @samp{-mmemcpy} switch makes all block moves call the appropriate
5394 string function (@samp{memcpy} or @samp{bcopy}) instead of possibly
5395 generating inline code.
5396
5397 @item -mmips-tfile
5398 @itemx -mno-mips-tfile
5399 The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch causes the compiler not
5400 postprocess the object file with the @file{mips-tfile} program,
5401 after the MIPS assembler has generated it to add debug support. If
5402 @file{mips-tfile} is not run, then no local variables will be
5403 available to the debugger. In addition, @file{stage2} and
5404 @file{stage3} objects will have the temporary file names passed to the
5405 assembler embedded in the object file, which means the objects will
5406 not compare the same. The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch should only
5407 be used when there are bugs in the @file{mips-tfile} program that
5408 prevents compilation.
5409
5410 @item -msoft-float
5411 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5412 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
5413 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5414 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5415 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5416 cross-compilation.
5417
5418 @item -mhard-float
5419 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
5420 default if you use the unmodified sources.
5421
5422 @item -mabicalls
5423 @itemx -mno-abicalls
5424 Emit (or do not emit) the pseudo operations @samp{.abicalls},
5425 @samp{.cpload}, and @samp{.cprestore} that some System V.4 ports use for
5426 position independent code.
5427
5428 @item -mlong-calls
5429 @itemx -mno-long-calls
5430 Do all calls with the @samp{JALR} instruction, which requires
5431 loading up a function's address into a register before the call.
5432 You need to use this switch, if you call outside of the current
5433 512 megabyte segment to functions that are not through pointers.
5434
5435 @item -mhalf-pic
5436 @itemx -mno-half-pic
5437 Put pointers to extern references into the data section and load them
5438 up, rather than put the references in the text section.
5439
5440 @item -membedded-pic
5441 @itemx -mno-embedded-pic
5442 Generate PIC code suitable for some embedded systems. All calls are
5443 made using PC relative address, and all data is addressed using the $gp
5444 register. No more than 65536 bytes of global data may be used. This
5445 requires GNU as and GNU ld which do most of the work. This currently
5446 only works on targets which use ECOFF; it does not work with ELF.
5447
5448 @item -membedded-data
5449 @itemx -mno-embedded-data
5450 Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
5451 next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
5452 slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required
5453 when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
5454
5455 @item -msingle-float
5456 @itemx -mdouble-float
5457 The @samp{-msingle-float} switch tells gcc to assume that the floating
5458 point coprocessor only supports single precision operations, as on the
5459 @samp{r4650} chip. The @samp{-mdouble-float} switch permits gcc to use
5460 double precision operations. This is the default.
5461
5462 @item -mmad
5463 @itemx -mno-mad
5464 Permit use of the @samp{mad}, @samp{madu} and @samp{mul} instructions,
5465 as on the @samp{r4650} chip.
5466
5467 @item -m4650
5468 Turns on @samp{-msingle-float}, @samp{-mmad}, and, at least for now,
5469 @samp{-mcpu=r4650}.
5470
5471 @item -mips16
5472 @itemx -mno-mips16
5473 Enable 16-bit instructions.
5474
5475 @item -mentry
5476 Use the entry and exit pseudo ops. This option can only be used with
5477 @samp{-mips16}.
5478
5479 @item -EL
5480 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
5481 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5482
5483 @item -EB
5484 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
5485 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5486
5487 @item -G @var{num}
5488 @cindex smaller data references (MIPS)
5489 @cindex gp-relative references (MIPS)
5490 Put global and static items less than or equal to @var{num} bytes into
5491 the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
5492 section. This allows the assembler to emit one word memory reference
5493 instructions based on the global pointer (@var{gp} or @var{$28}),
5494 instead of the normal two words used. By default, @var{num} is 8 when
5495 the MIPS assembler is used, and 0 when the GNU assembler is used. The
5496 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the assembler and linker.
5497 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}}
5498 value.
5499
5500 @item -nocpp
5501 Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
5502 assembler files (with a @samp{.s} suffix) when assembling them.
5503 @end table
5504
5505 @ifset INTERNALS
5506 These options are defined by the macro
5507 @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the machine description. The default for the
5508 options is also defined by that macro, which enables you to change the
5509 defaults.
5510 @end ifset
5511
5512 @node i386 Options
5513 @subsection Intel 386 Options
5514 @cindex i386 Options
5515 @cindex Intel 386 Options
5516
5517 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the i386 family of computers:
5518
5519 @table @code
5520 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
5521 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
5522 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are:
5523
5524 @multitable @columnfractions .20 .20 .20 .20
5525 @item @samp{i386} @tab @samp{i486} @tab @samp{i586} @tab @samp{i686}
5526 @item @samp{pentium} @tab @samp{pentiumpro} @tab @samp{k6}
5527 @end multitable
5528
5529 While picking a specific @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately
5530 for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
5531 does not run on the i386 without the @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} option
5532 being used. @samp{i586} is equivalent to @samp{pentium} and @samp{i686}
5533 is equivalent to @samp{pentiumpro}. @samp{k6} is the AMD chip as
5534 opposed to the Intel ones.
5535
5536 @item -march=@var{cpu type}
5537 Generate instructions for the machine type @var{cpu type}. The choices
5538 for @var{cpu type} are the same as for @samp{-mcpu}. Moreover,
5539 specifying @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} implies @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu type}}.
5540
5541 @item -m386
5542 @itemx -m486
5543 @itemx -mpentium
5544 @itemx -mpentiumpro
5545 Synonyms for -mcpu=i386, -mcpu=i486, -mcpu=pentium, and -mcpu=pentiumpro
5546 respectively. These synonyms are deprecated.
5547
5548 @item -mieee-fp
5549 @itemx -mno-ieee-fp
5550 Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating point
5551 comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
5552 comparison is unordered.
5553
5554 @item -msoft-float
5555 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5556 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.
5557 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5558 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5559 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5560 cross-compilation.
5561
5562 On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
5563 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
5564 @samp{-msoft-float} is used.
5565
5566 @item -mno-fp-ret-in-387
5567 Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
5568
5569 The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
5570 @code{float} and @code{double} in an FPU register, even if there
5571 is no FPU. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
5572 an FPU.
5573
5574 The option @samp{-mno-fp-ret-in-387} causes such values to be returned
5575 in ordinary CPU registers instead.
5576
5577 @item -mno-fancy-math-387
5578 Some 387 emulators do not support the @code{sin}, @code{cos} and
5579 @code{sqrt} instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
5580 generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD.
5581 As of revision 2.6.1, these instructions are not generated unless you
5582 also use the @samp{-ffast-math} switch.
5583
5584 @item -malign-double
5585 @itemx -mno-align-double
5586 Control whether GCC aligns @code{double}, @code{long double}, and
5587 @code{long long} variables on a two word boundary or a one word
5588 boundary. Aligning @code{double} variables on a two word boundary will
5589 produce code that runs somewhat faster on a @samp{Pentium} at the
5590 expense of more memory.
5591
5592 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-malign-double} switch,
5593 structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
5594 the published application binary interface specifications for the 386.
5595
5596 @item -msvr3-shlib
5597 @itemx -mno-svr3-shlib
5598 Control whether GCC places uninitialized locals into @code{bss} or
5599 @code{data}. @samp{-msvr3-shlib} places these locals into @code{bss}.
5600 These options are meaningful only on System V Release 3.
5601
5602 @item -mno-wide-multiply
5603 @itemx -mwide-multiply
5604 Control whether GCC uses the @code{mul} and @code{imul} that produce
5605 64 bit results in @code{eax:edx} from 32 bit operands to do @code{long
5606 long} multiplies and 32-bit division by constants.
5607
5608 @item -mrtd
5609 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
5610 take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{ret} @var{num}
5611 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
5612 instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
5613 there.
5614
5615 You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
5616 sequence with the function attribute @samp{stdcall}. You can also
5617 override the @samp{-mrtd} option by using the function attribute
5618 @samp{cdecl}. @xref{Function Attributes}.
5619
5620 @strong{Warning:} this calling convention is incompatible with the one
5621 normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
5622 libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
5623
5624 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
5625 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
5626 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
5627 functions.
5628
5629 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
5630 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
5631 harmlessly ignored.)
5632
5633 @item -mreg-alloc=@var{regs}
5634 Control the default allocation order of integer registers. The
5635 string @var{regs} is a series of letters specifying a register. The
5636 supported letters are: @code{a} allocate EAX; @code{b} allocate EBX;
5637 @code{c} allocate ECX; @code{d} allocate EDX; @code{S} allocate ESI;
5638 @code{D} allocate EDI; @code{B} allocate EBP.
5639
5640 @item -mregparm=@var{num}
5641 Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
5642 default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
5643 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
5644 function by using the function attribute @samp{regparm}.
5645 @xref{Function Attributes}.
5646
5647 @strong{Warning:} if you use this switch, and
5648 @var{num} is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
5649 value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
5650 startup modules.
5651
5652 @item -malign-loops=@var{num}
5653 Align loops to a 2 raised to a @var{num} byte boundary. If
5654 @samp{-malign-loops} is not specified, the default is 2 unless
5655 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
5656 to align the loop on a 16 byte boundary if it is less than 8
5657 bytes away.
5658
5659 @item -malign-jumps=@var{num}
5660 Align instructions that are only jumped to to a 2 raised to a @var{num}
5661 byte boundary. If @samp{-malign-jumps} is not specified, the default is
5662 2 if optimizing for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486 unless
5663 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
5664 to align the instruction on a 16 byte boundary if it is less
5665 than 8 bytes away.
5666
5667 @item -malign-functions=@var{num}
5668 Align the start of functions to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary.
5669 If @samp{-malign-functions} is not specified, the default is 2 if optimizing
5670 for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486.
5671
5672 @item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num}
5673 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num}
5674 byte boundary. If @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is not specified,
5675 the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
5676
5677 The stack is required to be aligned on a 4 byte boundary. On Pentium
5678 and PentiumPro, @code{double} and @code{long double} values should be
5679 aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see @samp{-malign-double}) or suffer
5680 significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium III, the
5681 Streaming SIMD Extention (SSE) data type @code{__m128} suffers similar
5682 penalties if it is not 16 byte aligned.
5683
5684 To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
5685 must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
5686 Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
5687 aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
5688 stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
5689 boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
5690 libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
5691
5692 This extra alignment does consume extra stack space. Code that is sensitive
5693 to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels,
5694 may want to reduce the preferred alignment to
5695 @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2}.
5696 @end table
5697
5698 @node HPPA Options
5699 @subsection HPPA Options
5700 @cindex HPPA Options
5701
5702 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:
5703
5704 @table @code
5705 @item -march=@var{architecture type}
5706 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
5707 @var{architecture type} are @samp{1.0} for PA 1.0, @samp{1.1} for PA
5708 1.1, and @samp{2.0} for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to
5709 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
5710 architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
5711 architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
5712 other way around.
5713
5714 PA 2.0 support currently requires gas snapshot 19990413 or later. The
5715 next release of binutils (current is 2.9.1) will probably contain PA 2.0
5716 support.
5717
5718 @item -mpa-risc-1-0
5719 @itemx -mpa-risc-1-1
5720 @itemx -mpa-risc-2-0
5721 Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
5722
5723 @item -mbig-switch
5724 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
5725 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
5726 table.
5727
5728 @item -mjump-in-delay
5729 Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
5730 by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
5731 of the conditional jump.
5732
5733 @item -mdisable-fpregs
5734 Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
5735 necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
5736 floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
5737 floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
5738
5739 @item -mdisable-indexing
5740 Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
5741 rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.
5742
5743 @item -mno-space-regs
5744 Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
5745 GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
5746
5747 Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
5748
5749 @item -mfast-indirect-calls
5750 Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
5751 allows GCC to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
5752
5753 This option will not work in the presense of shared libraries or nested
5754 functions.
5755
5756 @item -mlong-load-store
5757 Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
5758 the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the @samp{+k} option to
5759 the HP compilers.
5760
5761 @item -mportable-runtime
5762 Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.
5763
5764 @item -mgas
5765 Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
5766
5767 @item -mschedule=@var{cpu type}
5768 Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
5769 @var{cpu type}. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{700}
5770 @samp{7100}, @samp{7100LC}, @samp{7200}, and @samp{8000}. Refer to
5771 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the
5772 proper scheduling option for your machine.
5773
5774 @item -mlinker-opt
5775 Enable the optimization pass in the HPUX linker. Note this makes symbolic
5776 debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HPUX 8 and HPUX 9 linkers
5777 in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
5778
5779 @item -msoft-float
5780 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5781 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
5782 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
5783 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
5784 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5785 cross-compilation. The embedded target @samp{hppa1.1-*-pro}
5786 does provide software floating point support.
5787
5788 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
5789 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
5790 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
5791 library that comes with GCC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
5792 this to work.
5793 @end table
5794
5795 @node Intel 960 Options
5796 @subsection Intel 960 Options
5797
5798 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Intel 960 implementations:
5799
5800 @table @code
5801 @item -m@var{cpu type}
5802 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} for some of
5803 the other options, including instruction scheduling, floating point
5804 support, and addressing modes. The choices for @var{cpu type} are
5805 @samp{ka}, @samp{kb}, @samp{mc}, @samp{ca}, @samp{cf},
5806 @samp{sa}, and @samp{sb}.
5807 The default is
5808 @samp{kb}.
5809
5810 @item -mnumerics
5811 @itemx -msoft-float
5812 The @samp{-mnumerics} option indicates that the processor does support
5813 floating-point instructions. The @samp{-msoft-float} option indicates
5814 that floating-point support should not be assumed.
5815
5816 @item -mleaf-procedures
5817 @itemx -mno-leaf-procedures
5818 Do (or do not) attempt to alter leaf procedures to be callable with the
5819 @code{bal} instruction as well as @code{call}. This will result in more
5820 efficient code for explicit calls when the @code{bal} instruction can be
5821 substituted by the assembler or linker, but less efficient code in other
5822 cases, such as calls via function pointers, or using a linker that doesn't
5823 support this optimization.
5824
5825 @item -mtail-call
5826 @itemx -mno-tail-call
5827 Do (or do not) make additional attempts (beyond those of the
5828 machine-independent portions of the compiler) to optimize tail-recursive
5829 calls into branches. You may not want to do this because the detection of
5830 cases where this is not valid is not totally complete. The default is
5831 @samp{-mno-tail-call}.
5832
5833 @item -mcomplex-addr
5834 @itemx -mno-complex-addr
5835 Assume (or do not assume) that the use of a complex addressing mode is a
5836 win on this implementation of the i960. Complex addressing modes may not
5837 be worthwhile on the K-series, but they definitely are on the C-series.
5838 The default is currently @samp{-mcomplex-addr} for all processors except
5839 the CB and CC.
5840
5841 @item -mcode-align
5842 @itemx -mno-code-align
5843 Align code to 8-byte boundaries for faster fetching (or don't bother).
5844 Currently turned on by default for C-series implementations only.
5845
5846 @ignore
5847 @item -mclean-linkage
5848 @itemx -mno-clean-linkage
5849 These options are not fully implemented.
5850 @end ignore
5851
5852 @item -mic-compat
5853 @itemx -mic2.0-compat
5854 @itemx -mic3.0-compat
5855 Enable compatibility with iC960 v2.0 or v3.0.
5856
5857 @item -masm-compat
5858 @itemx -mintel-asm
5859 Enable compatibility with the iC960 assembler.
5860
5861 @item -mstrict-align
5862 @itemx -mno-strict-align
5863 Do not permit (do permit) unaligned accesses.
5864
5865 @item -mold-align
5866 Enable structure-alignment compatibility with Intel's gcc release version
5867 1.3 (based on gcc 1.37). This option implies @samp{-mstrict-align}.
5868
5869 @item -mlong-double-64
5870 Implement type @samp{long double} as 64-bit floating point numbers.
5871 Without the option @samp{long double} is implemented by 80-bit
5872 floating point numbers. The only reason we have it because there is
5873 no 128-bit @samp{long double} support in @samp{fp-bit.c} yet. So it
5874 is only useful for people using soft-float targets. Otherwise, we
5875 should recommend against use of it.
5876
5877 @end table
5878
5879 @node DEC Alpha Options
5880 @subsection DEC Alpha Options
5881
5882 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:
5883
5884 @table @code
5885 @item -mno-soft-float
5886 @itemx -msoft-float
5887 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
5888 floating-point operations. When @code{-msoft-float} is specified,
5889 functions in @file{libgcc1.c} will be used to perform floating-point
5890 operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
5891 floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
5892 emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
5893 operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
5894 operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
5895 them.
5896
5897 Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
5898 required to have floating-point registers.
5899
5900 @item -mfp-reg
5901 @itemx -mno-fp-regs
5902 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
5903 @code{-mno-fp-regs} implies @code{-msoft-float}. If the floating-point
5904 register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
5905 registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
5906 in $0 instead of $f0. This is a non-standard calling sequence, so any
5907 function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
5908 compiled with @code{-mno-fp-regs} must also be compiled with that
5909 option.
5910
5911 A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
5912 and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
5913
5914 @item -mieee
5915 The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
5916 maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating
5917 point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
5918 required. This option generates code fully IEEE compliant code
5919 @emph{except} that the @var{inexact flag} is not maintained (see below).
5920 If this option is turned on, the CPP macro @code{_IEEE_FP} is defined
5921 during compilation. The option is a shorthand for: @samp{-D_IEEE_FP
5922 -mfp-trap-mode=su -mtrap-precision=i -mieee-conformant}. The resulting
5923 code is less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized
5924 numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and plus/minus
5925 infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5926 @code{-ieee_with_no_inexact}.
5927
5928 @item -mieee-with-inexact
5929 @c overfull hbox here --bob 22 jul96
5930 @c original text between ignore ... end ignore
5931 @ignore
5932 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
5933 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
5934 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
5935 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus @samp{-mieee-conformant},
5936 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}, and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}. On some Alpha
5937 implementations the resulting code may execute significantly slower than
5938 the code generated by default. Since there is very little code that
5939 depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should normally not specify this
5940 option. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5941 @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
5942 @end ignore
5943 @c changed paragraph
5944 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
5945 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
5946 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
5947 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus the three following:
5948 @samp{-mieee-conformant},
5949 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui},
5950 and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}.
5951 On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
5952 significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there
5953 is very little code that depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should
5954 normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
5955 option @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
5956 @c end changes to prevent overfull hboxes
5957
5958 @item -mfp-trap-mode=@var{trap mode}
5959 This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
5960 Other Alpha compilers call this option @samp{-fptm }@var{trap mode}.
5961 The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
5962
5963 @table @samp
5964 @item n
5965 This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
5966 are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
5967 trap).
5968
5969 @item u
5970 In addition to the traps enabled by @samp{n}, underflow traps are enabled
5971 as well.
5972
5973 @item su
5974 Like @samp{su}, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
5975 completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
5976
5977 @item sui
5978 Like @samp{su}, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
5979 @end table
5980
5981 @item -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{rounding mode}
5982 Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5983 @samp{-fprm }@var{rounding mode}. The @var{rounding mode} can be one
5984 of:
5985
5986 @table @samp
5987 @item n
5988 Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
5989 the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
5990 of a tie.
5991
5992 @item m
5993 Round towards minus infinity.
5994
5995 @item c
5996 Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
5997
5998 @item d
5999 Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
6000 (@var{fpcr}, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
6001 rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
6002 rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
6003 @var{fpcr}, @samp{d} corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
6004 @end table
6005
6006 @item -mtrap-precision=@var{trap precision}
6007 In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
6008 means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
6009 floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
6010 GCC can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
6011 in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
6012 Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
6013 precisions can be selected:
6014
6015 @table @samp
6016 @item p
6017 Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
6018 can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
6019
6020 @item f
6021 Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
6022 caused a floating point exception.
6023
6024 @item i
6025 Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
6026 instruction that caused a floating point exception.
6027 @end table
6028
6029 Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
6030 @samp{-scope_safe} and @samp{-resumption_safe}.
6031
6032 @item -mieee-conformant
6033 This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not
6034 use this option unless you also specify @samp{-mtrap-precision=i} and either
6035 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=su} or @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}. Its only effect
6036 is to emit the line @samp{.eflag 48} in the function prologue of the
6037 generated assembly file. Under DEC Unix, this has the effect that
6038 IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
6039
6040 @item -mbuild-constants
6041 Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to
6042 see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
6043 instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
6044 generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
6045
6046 Use this option to require GCC to construct @emph{all} integer constants
6047 using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
6048
6049 You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
6050 loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
6051 before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
6052
6053 @item -malpha-as
6054 @itemx -mgas
6055 Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
6056 assembler (@samp{-malpha-as}) or by the GNU assembler @samp{-mgas}.
6057
6058 @item -mbwx
6059 @itemx -mno-bwx
6060 @itemx -mcix
6061 @itemx -mno-cix
6062 @itemx -mmax
6063 @itemx -mno-max
6064 Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX,
6065 CIX, and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets
6066 supported by the CPU type specified via @samp{-mcpu=} option or that
6067 of the CPU on which GCC was built if none was specified.
6068
6069 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
6070 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6071 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. You can specify either the
6072 @samp{EV} style name or the corresponding chip number. GCC
6073 supports scheduling parameters for the EV4 and EV5 family of processors
6074 and will choose the default values for the instruction set from
6075 the processor you specify. If you do not specify a processor type,
6076 GCC will default to the processor on which the compiler was built.
6077
6078 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
6079
6080 @table @samp
6081 @item ev4
6082 @itemx 21064
6083 Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
6084
6085 @item ev5
6086 @itemx 21164
6087 Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
6088
6089 @item ev56
6090 @itemx 21164a
6091 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
6092
6093 @item pca56
6094 @itemx 21164pc
6095 @itemx 21164PC
6096 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
6097
6098 @item ev6
6099 @itemx 21264
6100 Schedules as an EV5 (until Digital releases the scheduling parameters
6101 for the EV6) and supports the BWX, CIX, and MAX extensions.
6102 @end table
6103
6104 @item -mmemory-latency=@var{time}
6105 Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
6106 references as seen by the application. This number is highly
6107 dependant on the memory access patterns used by the application
6108 and the size of the external cache on the machine.
6109
6110 Valid options for @var{time} are
6111
6112 @table @samp
6113 @item @var{number}
6114 A decimal number representing clock cycles.
6115
6116 @item L1
6117 @itemx L2
6118 @itemx L3
6119 @itemx main
6120 The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
6121 ``typical'' EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
6122 (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
6123 Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
6124
6125 @end table
6126 @end table
6127
6128 @node Clipper Options
6129 @subsection Clipper Options
6130
6131 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Clipper implementations:
6132
6133 @table @code
6134 @item -mc300
6135 Produce code for a C300 Clipper processor. This is the default.
6136
6137 @item -mc400
6138 Produce code for a C400 Clipper processor i.e. use floating point
6139 registers f8..f15.
6140 @end table
6141
6142 @node H8/300 Options
6143 @subsection H8/300 Options
6144
6145 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
6146
6147 @table @code
6148 @item -mrelax
6149 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6150 linker option @samp{-relax}. @xref{H8/300,, @code{ld} and the H8/300,
6151 ld.info, Using ld}, for a fuller description.
6152
6153 @item -mh
6154 Generate code for the H8/300H.
6155
6156 @item -ms
6157 Generate code for the H8/S.
6158
6159 @item -mint32
6160 Make @code{int} data 32 bits by default.
6161
6162 @item -malign-300
6163 On the h8/300h, use the same alignment rules as for the h8/300.
6164 The default for the h8/300h is to align longs and floats on 4 byte boundaries.
6165 @samp{-malign-300} causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
6166 This option has no effect on the h8/300.
6167 @end table
6168
6169 @node SH Options
6170 @subsection SH Options
6171
6172 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the SH implementations:
6173
6174 @table @code
6175 @item -m1
6176 Generate code for the SH1.
6177
6178 @item -m2
6179 Generate code for the SH2.
6180
6181 @item -m3
6182 Generate code for the SH3.
6183
6184 @item -m3e
6185 Generate code for the SH3e.
6186
6187 @item -mb
6188 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
6189
6190 @item -ml
6191 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
6192
6193 @item -mdalign
6194 Align doubles at 64 bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
6195 conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
6196 not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
6197
6198 @item -mrelax
6199 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6200 linker option @samp{-relax}.
6201 @end table
6202
6203 @node System V Options
6204 @subsection Options for System V
6205
6206 These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
6207 compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
6208
6209 @table @code
6210 @item -G
6211 Create a shared object.
6212 It is recommended that @samp{-symbolic} or @samp{-shared} be used instead.
6213
6214 @item -Qy
6215 Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
6216 @code{.ident} assembler directive in the output.
6217
6218 @item -Qn
6219 Refrain from adding @code{.ident} directives to the output file (this is
6220 the default).
6221
6222 @item -YP,@var{dirs}
6223 Search the directories @var{dirs}, and no others, for libraries
6224 specified with @samp{-l}.
6225
6226 @item -Ym,@var{dir}
6227 Look in the directory @var{dir} to find the M4 preprocessor.
6228 The assembler uses this option.
6229 @c This is supposed to go with a -Yd for predefined M4 macro files, but
6230 @c the generic assembler that comes with Solaris takes just -Ym.
6231 @end table
6232
6233 @node TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6234 @subsection TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6235 @cindex TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6236
6237 These @samp{-m} options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementations:
6238
6239 @table @code
6240
6241 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
6242 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6243 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for
6244 @var{cpu_type} are @samp{c30}, @samp{c31}, @samp{c32}, @samp{c40}, and
6245 @samp{c44}. The default is @samp{c40} to generate code for the
6246 TMS320C40.
6247
6248 @item -mbig-memory
6249 @item -mbig
6250 @itemx -msmall-memory
6251 @itemx -msmall
6252 Generates code for the big or small memory model. The small memory
6253 model assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page. At run-time
6254 the data page (DP) register must be set to point to the 64K page
6255 containing the .bss and .data program sections. The big memory model is
6256 the default and requires reloading of the DP register for every direct
6257 memory access.
6258
6259 @item -mbk
6260 @itemx -mno-bk
6261 Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the block
6262 count register BK.
6263
6264 @item -mdb
6265 @itemx -mno-db
6266 Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch,
6267 DBcond(D), instructions. This is enabled by default for the C4x. To be
6268 on the safe side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum
6269 iteration count on the C3x is 2^23 + 1 (but who iterates loops more than
6270 2^23 times on the C3x?). Note that GCC will try to reverse a loop so
6271 that it can utilise the decrement and branch instruction, but will give
6272 up if there is more than one memory reference in the loop. Thus a loop
6273 where the loop counter is decremented can generate slightly more
6274 efficient code, in cases where the RPTB instruction cannot be utilised.
6275
6276 @item -mdp-isr-reload
6277 @itemx -mparanoid
6278 Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service
6279 routine (ISR), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored on
6280 exit from the ISR. This should not be required unless someone has
6281 violated the small memory model by modifying the DP register, say within
6282 an object library.
6283
6284 @item -mmpyi
6285 @itemx -mno-mpyi
6286 For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for integer multiplies
6287 instead of a library call to guarantee 32-bit results. Note that if one
6288 of the operands is a constant, then the multiplication will be performed
6289 using shifts and adds. If the -mmpyi option is not specified for the C3x,
6290 then squaring operations are performed inline instead of a library call.
6291
6292 @item -mfast-fix
6293 @itemx -mno-fast-fix
6294 The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating point value to an
6295 integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
6296 floating point value rather than to the nearest integer. Thus if the
6297 floating point number is negative, the result will be incorrectly
6298 truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and correct this
6299 case. This option can be used to disable generation of the additional
6300 code required to correct the result.
6301
6302 @item -mrptb
6303 @itemx -mno-rptb
6304 Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the RPTB
6305 instruction for zero overhead looping. The RPTB construct is only used
6306 for innermost loops that do not call functions or jump across the loop
6307 boundaries. There is no advantage having nested RPTB loops due to the
6308 overhead required to save and restore the RC, RS, and RE registers.
6309 This is enabled by default with -O2.
6310
6311 @item -mrpts=@var{count}
6312 @itemx -mno-rpts
6313 Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruction
6314 RPTS. If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and the loop
6315 count can be guaranteed to be less than the value @var{count}, GCC will
6316 emit a RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB. If no value is specified,
6317 then a RPTS will be emitted even if the loop count cannot be determined
6318 at compile time. Note that the repeated instruction following RPTS does
6319 not have to be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus freeing up the
6320 CPU buses for oeprands. However, since interrupts are blocked by this
6321 instruction, it is disabled by default.
6322
6323 @item -mloop-unsigned
6324 @itemx -mno-loop-unsigned
6325 The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB (and DB on the C40)
6326 is 2^31 + 1 since these instructions test if the iteration count is
6327 negative to terminate the loop. If the iteration count is unsigned
6328 there is a possibility than the 2^31 + 1 maximum iteration count may be
6329 exceeded. This switch allows an unsigned iteration count.
6330
6331 @item -mti
6332 Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler (asm30) is happy
6333 with. This also enforces compatibility with the API employed by the TI
6334 C3x C compiler. For example, long doubles are passed as structures
6335 rather than in floating point registers.
6336
6337 @item -mregparm
6338 @itemx -mmemparm
6339 Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to functions.
6340 By default, arguments are passed in registers where possible rather
6341 than by pushing arguments on to the stack.
6342
6343 @item -mparallel-insns
6344 @itemx -mno-parallel-insns
6345 Allow the generation of parallel instructions. This is enabled by
6346 default with -O2.
6347
6348 @item -mparallel-mpy
6349 @itemx -mno-parallel-mpy
6350 Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel instructions,
6351 provided -mparallel-insns is also specified. These instructions have
6352 tight register constraints which can pessimize the code generation
6353 of large functions.
6354
6355 @end table
6356
6357 @node V850 Options
6358 @subsection V850 Options
6359 @cindex V850 Options
6360
6361 These @samp{-m} options are defined for V850 implementations:
6362
6363 @table @code
6364 @item -mlong-calls
6365 @itemx -mno-long-calls
6366 Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
6367 far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
6368 register, and call indirect through the pointer.
6369
6370 @item -mno-ep
6371 @itemx -mep
6372 Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
6373 pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the @code{ep} register, and
6374 use the shorter @code{sld} and @code{sst} instructions. The @samp{-mep}
6375 option is on by default if you optimize.
6376
6377 @item -mno-prolog-function
6378 @itemx -mprolog-function
6379 Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at
6380 the prolog and epilog of a function. The external functions are slower,
6381 but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number
6382 of registers. The @samp{-mprolog-function} option is on by default if
6383 you optimize.
6384
6385 @item -mspace
6386 Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
6387 on the @samp{-mep} and @samp{-mprolog-function} options.
6388
6389 @item -mtda=@var{n}
6390 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6391 the tiny data area that register @code{ep} points to. The tiny data
6392 area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
6393
6394 @item -msda=@var{n}
6395 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6396 the small data area that register @code{gp} points to. The small data
6397 area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
6398
6399 @item -mzda=@var{n}
6400 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6401 the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
6402
6403 @item -mv850
6404 Specify that the target processor is the V850.
6405
6406 @item -mbig-switch
6407 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
6408 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
6409 table.
6410 @end table
6411
6412 @node ARC Options
6413 @subsection ARC Options
6414 @cindex ARC Options
6415
6416 These options are defined for ARC implementations:
6417
6418 @table @code
6419 @item -EL
6420 Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
6421
6422 @item -EB
6423 Compile code for big endian mode.
6424
6425 @item -mmangle-cpu
6426 Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names.
6427 In multiple-processor systems, there are many ARC variants with different
6428 instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
6429 compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for another.
6430 No facility exists for handling variants that are "almost identical".
6431 This is an all or nothing option.
6432
6433 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
6434 Compile code for ARC variant @var{cpu}.
6435 Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
6436 All variants support @samp{-mcpu=base}, this is the default.
6437
6438 @item -mtext=@var{text section}
6439 @itemx -mdata=@var{data section}
6440 @itemx -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}
6441 Put functions, data, and readonly data in @var{text section},
6442 @var{data section}, and @var{readonly data section} respectively
6443 by default. This can be overridden with the @code{section} attribute.
6444 @xref{Variable Attributes}.
6445
6446 @end table
6447
6448 @node NS32K Options
6449 @subsection NS32K Options
6450 @cindex NS32K options
6451
6452 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 32000 series. The default
6453 values for these options depends on which style of 32000 was selected when
6454 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
6455 given below.
6456
6457 @table @code
6458 @item -m32032
6459 @itemx -m32032
6460 Generate output for a 32032. This is the default
6461 when the compiler is configured for 32032 and 32016 based systems.
6462
6463 @item -m32332
6464 @itemx -m32332
6465 Generate output for a 32332. This is the default
6466 when the compiler is configured for 32332-based systems.
6467
6468 @item -m32532
6469 @itemx -m32532
6470 Generate output for a 32532. This is the default
6471 when the compiler is configured for 32532-based systems.
6472
6473 @item -m32081
6474 Generate output containing 32081 instructions for floating point.
6475 This is the default for all systems.
6476
6477 @item -m32381
6478 Generate output containing 32381 instructions for floating point. This
6479 also implies @samp{-m32081}. The 32381 is only compatible with the 32332
6480 and 32532 cpus. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd configuration.
6481
6482 @item -mmulti-add
6483 Try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions @code{polyF}
6484 and @code{dotF}. This option is only available if the @samp{-m32381}
6485 option is in effect. Using these instructions requires changes to to
6486 register allocation which generally has a negative impact on
6487 performance. This option should only be enabled when compiling code
6488 particularly likely to make heavy use of multiply-add instructions.
6489
6490 @item -mnomulti-add
6491 Do not try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions
6492 @code{polyF} and @code{dotF}. This is the default on all platforms.
6493
6494 @item -msoft-float
6495 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
6496 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries may not be available.
6497
6498 @item -mnobitfield
6499 Do not use the bit-field instructions. On some machines it is faster to
6500 use shifting and masking operations. This is the default for the pc532.
6501
6502 @item -mbitfield
6503 Do use the bit-field instructions. This is the default for all platforms
6504 except the pc532.
6505
6506 @item -mrtd
6507 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
6508 that take a fixed number of arguments return pop their
6509 arguments on return with the @code{ret} instruction.
6510
6511 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
6512 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
6513 compiled with the Unix compiler.
6514
6515 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
6516 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
6517 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
6518 functions.
6519
6520 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
6521 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
6522 harmlessly ignored.)
6523
6524 This option takes its name from the 680x0 @code{rtd} instruction.
6525
6526
6527 @item -mregparam
6528 Use a different function-calling convention where the first two arguments
6529 are passed in registers.
6530
6531 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
6532 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
6533 compiled with the Unix compiler.
6534
6535 @item -mnoregparam
6536 Do not pass any arguments in registers. This is the default for all
6537 targets.
6538
6539 @item -msb
6540 It is OK to use the sb as an index register which is always loaded with
6541 zero. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd target.
6542
6543 @item -mnosb
6544 The sb register is not available for use or has not been initialized to
6545 zero by the run time system. This is the default for all targets except
6546 the pc532-netbsd. It is also implied whenever @samp{-mhimem} or
6547 @samp{-fpic} is set.
6548
6549 @item -mhimem
6550 Many ns32000 series addressing modes use displacements of up to 512MB.
6551 If an address is above 512MB then displacements from zero can not be used.
6552 This option causes code to be generated which can be loaded above 512MB.
6553 This may be useful for operating systems or ROM code.
6554
6555 @item -mnohimem
6556 Assume code will be loaded in the first 512MB of virtual address space.
6557 This is the default for all platforms.
6558
6559
6560 @end table
6561
6562
6563
6564 @node Code Gen Options
6565 @section Options for Code Generation Conventions
6566 @cindex code generation conventions
6567 @cindex options, code generation
6568 @cindex run-time options
6569
6570 These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
6571 used in code generation.
6572
6573 Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
6574 of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below, only
6575 one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default. You
6576 can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or adding
6577 it.
6578
6579 @table @code
6580 @item -fexceptions
6581 Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
6582 exceptions. For some targets, this implies generation of frame unwind
6583 information for all functions. This can produce significant data size
6584 overhead, although it does not affect execution.
6585 If you do not specify this option, it is enabled by
6586 default for languages like C++ which normally require exception handling,
6587 and disabled for languages like C that do not normally require it.
6588 However, when compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with
6589 exception handlers written in C++, you may need to enable this option.
6590 You may also wish to disable this option is you are compiling older C++
6591 programs that don't use exception handling.
6592
6593 @item -fpcc-struct-return
6594 Return ``short'' @code{struct} and @code{union} values in memory like
6595 longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
6596 efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
6597 GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers.
6598
6599 The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
6600 on the target configuration macros.
6601
6602 Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
6603 that of some integer type.
6604
6605 @item -freg-struct-return
6606 Use the convention that @code{struct} and @code{union} values are
6607 returned in registers when possible. This is more efficient for small
6608 structures than @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}.
6609
6610 If you specify neither @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} nor its contrary
6611 @samp{-freg-struct-return}, GCC defaults to whichever convention is
6612 standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, GCC
6613 defaults to @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}, except on targets where GCC
6614 is the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard,
6615 and we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
6616
6617 @item -fshort-enums
6618 Allocate to an @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it needs for the
6619 declared range of possible values. Specifically, the @code{enum} type
6620 will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
6621
6622 @item -fshort-double
6623 Use the same size for @code{double} as for @code{float}.
6624
6625 @item -fshared-data
6626 Requests that the data and non-@code{const} variables of this
6627 compilation be shared data rather than private data. The distinction
6628 makes sense only on certain operating systems, where shared data is
6629 shared between processes running the same program, while private data
6630 exists in one copy per process.
6631
6632 @item -fno-common
6633 Allocate even uninitialized global variables in the bss section of the
6634 object file, rather than generating them as common blocks. This has the
6635 effect that if the same variable is declared (without @code{extern}) in
6636 two different compilations, you will get an error when you link them.
6637 The only reason this might be useful is if you wish to verify that the
6638 program will work on other systems which always work this way.
6639
6640 @item -fno-ident
6641 Ignore the @samp{#ident} directive.
6642
6643 @item -fno-gnu-linker
6644 Do not output global initializations (such as C++ constructors and
6645 destructors) in the form used by the GNU linker (on systems where the GNU
6646 linker is the standard method of handling them). Use this option when
6647 you want to use a non-GNU linker, which also requires using the
6648 @code{collect2} program to make sure the system linker includes
6649 constructors and destructors. (@code{collect2} is included in the GCC
6650 distribution.) For systems which @emph{must} use @code{collect2}, the
6651 compiler driver @code{gcc} is configured to do this automatically.
6652
6653 @item -finhibit-size-directive
6654 Don't output a @code{.size} assembler directive, or anything else that
6655 would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
6656 two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
6657 used when compiling @file{crtstuff.c}; you should not need to use it
6658 for anything else.
6659
6660 @item -fverbose-asm
6661 Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
6662 make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
6663 who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
6664 debugging the compiler itself).
6665
6666 @samp{-fno-verbose-asm}, the default, causes the
6667 extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
6668 files.
6669
6670 @item -fvolatile
6671 Consider all memory references through pointers to be volatile.
6672
6673 @item -fvolatile-global
6674 Consider all memory references to extern and global data items to
6675 be volatile. GCC does not consider static data items to be volatile
6676 because of this switch.
6677
6678 @item -fvolatile-static
6679 Consider all memory references to static data to be volatile.
6680
6681 @item -fpic
6682 @cindex global offset table
6683 @cindex PIC
6684 Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared
6685 library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
6686 constant addresses through a global offset table (GOT). The dynamic
6687 loader resolves the GOT entries when the program starts (the dynamic
6688 loader is not part of GCC; it is part of the operating system). If
6689 the GOT size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
6690 maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
6691 @samp{-fpic} does not work; in that case, recompile with @samp{-fPIC}
6692 instead. (These maximums are 16k on the m88k, 8k on the Sparc, and 32k
6693 on the m68k and RS/6000. The 386 has no such limit.)
6694
6695 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
6696 only on certain machines. For the 386, GCC supports PIC for System V
6697 but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always
6698 position-independent.
6699
6700 @item -fPIC
6701 If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
6702 suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
6703 global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, m88k,
6704 and the Sparc.
6705
6706 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
6707 only on certain machines.
6708
6709 @item -ffixed-@var{reg}
6710 Treat the register named @var{reg} as a fixed register; generated code
6711 should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
6712 pointer or in some other fixed role).
6713
6714 @var{reg} must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
6715 are machine-specific and are defined in the @code{REGISTER_NAMES}
6716 macro in the machine description macro file.
6717
6718 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6719 three-way choice.
6720
6721 @item -fcall-used-@var{reg}
6722 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register that is
6723 clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
6724 variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
6725 will not save and restore the register @var{reg}.
6726
6727 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
6728 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
6729 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
6730
6731 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6732 three-way choice.
6733
6734 @item -fcall-saved-@var{reg}
6735 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register saved by
6736 functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
6737 live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
6738 the register @var{reg} if they use it.
6739
6740 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
6741 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
6742 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
6743
6744 A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
6745 a register in which function values may be returned.
6746
6747 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6748 three-way choice.
6749
6750 @item -fpack-struct
6751 Pack all structure members together without holes. Usually you would
6752 not want to use this option, since it makes the code suboptimal, and
6753 the offsets of structure members won't agree with system libraries.
6754
6755 @item -fcheck-memory-usage
6756 Generate extra code to check each memory access. GCC will generate
6757 code that is suitable for a detector of bad memory accesses such as
6758 @file{Checker}.
6759
6760 Normally, you should compile all, or none, of your code with this option.
6761
6762 If you do mix code compiled with and without this option,
6763 you must ensure that all code that has side effects
6764 and that is called by code compiled with this option
6765 is, itself, compiled with this option.
6766 If you do not, you might get erroneous messages from the detector.
6767
6768 If you use functions from a library that have side-effects (such as
6769 @code{read}), you might not be able to recompile the library and
6770 specify this option. In that case, you can enable the
6771 @samp{-fprefix-function-name} option, which requests GCC to encapsulate
6772 your code and make other functions look as if they were compiled with
6773 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}. This is done by calling ``stubs'',
6774 which are provided by the detector. If you cannot find or build
6775 stubs for every function you call, you might have to specify
6776 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage} without @samp{-fprefix-function-name}.
6777
6778 If you specify this option, you can not use the @code{asm} or
6779 @code{__asm__} keywords in functions with memory checking enabled. The
6780 compiler cannot understand what the @code{asm} statement will do, and
6781 therefore cannot generate the appropriate code, so it is rejected.
6782 However, the function attribute @code{no_check_memory_usage} will
6783 disable memory checking within a function, and @code{asm} statements can
6784 be put inside such functions. Inline expansion of a non-checked
6785 function within a checked function is permitted; the inline function's
6786 memory accesses won't be checked, but the rest will.
6787
6788 If you move your @code{asm} statements to non-checked inline functions,
6789 but they do access memory, you can add calls to the support code in your
6790 inline function, to indicate any reads, writes, or copies being done.
6791 These calls would be similar to those done in the stubs described above.
6792
6793 @c FIXME: The support-routine interface is defined by the compiler and
6794 @c should be documented!
6795
6796 @item -fprefix-function-name
6797 Request GCC to add a prefix to the symbols generated for function names.
6798 GCC adds a prefix to the names of functions defined as well as
6799 functions called. Code compiled with this option and code compiled
6800 without the option can't be linked together, unless stubs are used.
6801
6802 If you compile the following code with @samp{-fprefix-function-name}
6803 @example
6804 extern void bar (int);
6805 void
6806 foo (int a)
6807 @{
6808 return bar (a + 5);
6809 @}
6810 @end example
6811
6812 @noindent
6813 GCC will compile the code as if it was written:
6814 @example
6815 extern void prefix_bar (int);
6816 void
6817 prefix_foo (int a)
6818 @{
6819 return prefix_bar (a + 5);
6820 @}
6821 @end example
6822 This option is designed to be used with @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}.
6823
6824 @item -finstrument-functions
6825 Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
6826 after function entry and just before function exit, the following
6827 profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
6828 function and its call site. (On some platforms,
6829 @code{__builtin_return_address} does not work beyond the current
6830 function, so the call site information may not be available to the
6831 profiling functions otherwise.)
6832
6833 @example
6834 void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
6835 void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
6836 @end example
6837
6838 The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
6839 which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
6840
6841 This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
6842 functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
6843 inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
6844 versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
6845 function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
6846 code size. If you use @samp{extern inline} in your C code, an
6847 addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
6848 normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
6849 expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
6850 providing static copies.)
6851
6852 A function may be given the attribute @code{no_instrument_function}, in
6853 which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
6854 example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
6855 interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
6856 cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
6857 routines generate output or allocate memory).
6858
6859 @item -fstack-check
6860 Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
6861 stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
6862 environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
6863 a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
6864 detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
6865
6866 @cindex aliasing of parameters
6867 @cindex parameters, aliased
6868 @item -fargument-alias
6869 @itemx -fargument-noalias
6870 @itemx -fargument-noalias-global
6871 Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between
6872 parameters and global data.
6873
6874 @samp{-fargument-alias} specifies that arguments (parameters) may
6875 alias each other and may alias global storage.
6876 @samp{-fargument-noalias} specifies that arguments do not alias
6877 each other, but may alias global storage.
6878 @samp{-fargument-noalias-global} specifies that arguments do not
6879 alias each other and do not alias global storage.
6880
6881 Each language will automatically use whatever option is required by
6882 the language standard. You should not need to use these options yourself.
6883
6884 @item -fleading-underscore
6885 This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
6886 change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
6887 is to help link with legacy assembly code.
6888
6889 Be warned that you should know what you are doing when invoking this
6890 option, and that not all targets provide complete support for it.
6891 @end table
6892
6893 @node Environment Variables
6894 @section Environment Variables Affecting GCC
6895 @cindex environment variables
6896
6897 This section describes several environment variables that affect how GCC
6898 operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
6899 when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
6900 aspects of the compilation environment.
6901
6902 @ifclear INTERNALS
6903 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
6904 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
6905 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
6906 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC.
6907
6908 @end ifclear
6909 @ifset INTERNALS
6910 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
6911 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
6912 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
6913 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC.
6914 @xref{Driver}.
6915 @end ifset
6916
6917 @table @code
6918 @item LANG
6919 @itemx LC_CTYPE
6920 @c @itemx LC_COLLATE
6921 @itemx LC_MESSAGES
6922 @c @itemx LC_MONETARY
6923 @c @itemx LC_NUMERIC
6924 @c @itemx LC_TIME
6925 @itemx LC_ALL
6926 @findex LANG
6927 @findex LC_CTYPE
6928 @c @findex LC_COLLATE
6929 @findex LC_MESSAGES
6930 @c @findex LC_MONETARY
6931 @c @findex LC_NUMERIC
6932 @c @findex LC_TIME
6933 @findex LC_ALL
6934 @cindex locale
6935 These environment variables control the way that GCC uses
6936 localization information that allow GCC to work with different
6937 national conventions. GCC inspects the locale categories
6938 @code{LC_CTYPE} and @code{LC_MESSAGES} if it has been configured to do
6939 so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
6940 installation. A typical value is @samp{en_UK} for English in the United
6941 Kingdom.
6942
6943 The @code{LC_CTYPE} environment variable specifies character
6944 classification. GCC uses it to determine the character boundaries in
6945 a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
6946 and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
6947 end or escape.
6948
6949 The @code{LC_MESSAGES} environment variable specifies the language to
6950 use in diagnostic messages.
6951
6952 If the @code{LC_ALL} environment variable is set, it overrides the value
6953 of @code{LC_CTYPE} and @code{LC_MESSAGES}; otherwise, @code{LC_CTYPE}
6954 and @code{LC_MESSAGES} default to the value of the @code{LANG}
6955 environment variable. If none of these variables are set, GCC
6956 defaults to traditional C English behavior.
6957
6958 @item TMPDIR
6959 @findex TMPDIR
6960 If @code{TMPDIR} is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
6961 files. GCC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
6962 compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
6963 the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
6964 proper.
6965
6966 @item GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
6967 @findex GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
6968 If @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
6969 names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
6970 when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
6971 specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
6972
6973 If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
6974 tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
6975
6976 The default value of @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is
6977 @file{@var{prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/} where @var{prefix} is the value
6978 of @code{prefix} when you ran the @file{configure} script.
6979
6980 Other prefixes specified with @samp{-B} take precedence over this prefix.
6981
6982 This prefix is also used for finding files such as @file{crt0.o} that are
6983 used for linking.
6984
6985 In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
6986 directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
6987 directories whose name normally begins with @samp{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib}
6988 (more precisely, with the value of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}), GCC tries
6989 replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
6990 alternate directory name. Thus, with @samp{-Bfoo/}, GCC will search
6991 @file{foo/bar} where it would normally search @file{/usr/local/lib/bar}.
6992 These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
6993 come next.
6994
6995 @item COMPILER_PATH
6996 @findex COMPILER_PATH
6997 The value of @code{COMPILER_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
6998 directories, much like @code{PATH}. GCC tries the directories thus
6999 specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
7000 subprograms using @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}.
7001
7002 @item LIBRARY_PATH
7003 @findex LIBRARY_PATH
7004 The value of @code{LIBRARY_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
7005 directories, much like @code{PATH}. When configured as a native compiler,
7006 GCC tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
7007 linker files, if it can't find them using @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. Linking
7008 using GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
7009 libraries for the @samp{-l} option (but directories specified with
7010 @samp{-L} come first).
7011
7012 @item C_INCLUDE_PATH
7013 @itemx CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7014 @itemx OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
7015 @findex C_INCLUDE_PATH
7016 @findex CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7017 @findex OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
7018 @c @itemx OBJCPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7019 These environment variables pertain to particular languages. Each
7020 variable's value is a colon-separated list of directories, much like
7021 @code{PATH}. When GCC searches for header files, it tries the
7022 directories listed in the variable for the language you are using, after
7023 the directories specified with @samp{-I} but before the standard header
7024 file directories.
7025
7026 @item DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
7027 @findex DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
7028 @cindex dependencies for make as output
7029 If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies
7030 for Make based on the header files processed by the compiler. This
7031 output looks much like the output from the @samp{-M} option
7032 (@pxref{Preprocessor Options}), but it goes to a separate file, and is
7033 in addition to the usual results of compilation.
7034
7035 The value of @code{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} can be just a file name, in
7036 which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
7037 name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
7038 @samp{@var{file} @var{target}}, in which case the rules are written to
7039 file @var{file} using @var{target} as the target name.
7040
7041 @item LANG
7042 @findex LANG
7043 @cindex locale definition
7044 This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
7045 which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
7046 when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and C++.
7047 When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
7048 the following values for @code{LANG} are recognized:
7049
7050 @table @code
7051 @item C-JIS
7052 Recognize JIS characters.
7053 @item C-SJIS
7054 Recognize SJIS characters.
7055 @item C-EUCJP
7056 Recognize EUCJP characters.
7057 @end table
7058
7059 If @code{LANG} is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
7060 compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
7061 recognize and translate multibyte characters.
7062 @end table
7063
7064 @node Running Protoize
7065 @section Running Protoize
7066
7067 The program @code{protoize} is an optional part of GNU C. You can use
7068 it to add prototypes to a program, thus converting the program to ANSI
7069 C in one respect. The companion program @code{unprotoize} does the
7070 reverse: it removes argument types from any prototypes that are found.
7071
7072 When you run these programs, you must specify a set of source files as
7073 command line arguments. The conversion programs start out by compiling
7074 these files to see what functions they define. The information gathered
7075 about a file @var{foo} is saved in a file named @file{@var{foo}.X}.
7076
7077 After scanning comes actual conversion. The specified files are all
7078 eligible to be converted; any files they include (whether sources or
7079 just headers) are eligible as well.
7080
7081 But not all the eligible files are converted. By default,
7082 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} convert only source and header
7083 files in the current directory. You can specify additional directories
7084 whose files should be converted with the @samp{-d @var{directory}}
7085 option. You can also specify particular files to exclude with the
7086 @samp{-x @var{file}} option. A file is converted if it is eligible, its
7087 directory name matches one of the specified directory names, and its
7088 name within the directory has not been excluded.
7089
7090 Basic conversion with @code{protoize} consists of rewriting most
7091 function definitions and function declarations to specify the types of
7092 the arguments. The only ones not rewritten are those for varargs
7093 functions.
7094
7095 @code{protoize} optionally inserts prototype declarations at the
7096 beginning of the source file, to make them available for any calls that
7097 precede the function's definition. Or it can insert prototype
7098 declarations with block scope in the blocks where undeclared functions
7099 are called.
7100
7101 Basic conversion with @code{unprotoize} consists of rewriting most
7102 function declarations to remove any argument types, and rewriting
7103 function definitions to the old-style pre-ANSI form.
7104
7105 Both conversion programs print a warning for any function declaration or
7106 definition that they can't convert. You can suppress these warnings
7107 with @samp{-q}.
7108
7109 The output from @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize} replaces the
7110 original source file. The original file is renamed to a name ending
7111 with @samp{.save}. If the @samp{.save} file already exists, then
7112 the source file is simply discarded.
7113
7114 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} both depend on GCC itself to
7115 scan the program and collect information about the functions it uses.
7116 So neither of these programs will work until GCC is installed.
7117
7118 Here is a table of the options you can use with @code{protoize} and
7119 @code{unprotoize}. Each option works with both programs unless
7120 otherwise stated.
7121
7122 @table @code
7123 @item -B @var{directory}
7124 Look for the file @file{SYSCALLS.c.X} in @var{directory}, instead of the
7125 usual directory (normally @file{/usr/local/lib}). This file contains
7126 prototype information about standard system functions. This option
7127 applies only to @code{protoize}.
7128
7129 @item -c @var{compilation-options}
7130 Use @var{compilation-options} as the options when running @code{gcc} to
7131 produce the @samp{.X} files. The special option @samp{-aux-info} is
7132 always passed in addition, to tell @code{gcc} to write a @samp{.X} file.
7133
7134 Note that the compilation options must be given as a single argument to
7135 @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize}. If you want to specify several
7136 @code{gcc} options, you must quote the entire set of compilation options
7137 to make them a single word in the shell.
7138
7139 There are certain @code{gcc} arguments that you cannot use, because they
7140 would produce the wrong kind of output. These include @samp{-g},
7141 @samp{-O}, @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, and @samp{-o} If you include these in
7142 the @var{compilation-options}, they are ignored.
7143
7144 @item -C
7145 Rename files to end in @samp{.C} instead of @samp{.c}.
7146 This is convenient if you are converting a C program to C++.
7147 This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7148
7149 @item -g
7150 Add explicit global declarations. This means inserting explicit
7151 declarations at the beginning of each source file for each function
7152 that is called in the file and was not declared. These declarations
7153 precede the first function definition that contains a call to an
7154 undeclared function. This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7155
7156 @item -i @var{string}
7157 Indent old-style parameter declarations with the string @var{string}.
7158 This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7159
7160 @code{unprotoize} converts prototyped function definitions to old-style
7161 function definitions, where the arguments are declared between the
7162 argument list and the initial @samp{@{}. By default, @code{unprotoize}
7163 uses five spaces as the indentation. If you want to indent with just
7164 one space instead, use @samp{-i " "}.
7165
7166 @item -k
7167 Keep the @samp{.X} files. Normally, they are deleted after conversion
7168 is finished.
7169
7170 @item -l
7171 Add explicit local declarations. @code{protoize} with @samp{-l} inserts
7172 a prototype declaration for each function in each block which calls the
7173 function without any declaration. This option applies only to
7174 @code{protoize}.
7175
7176 @item -n
7177 Make no real changes. This mode just prints information about the conversions
7178 that would have been done without @samp{-n}.
7179
7180 @item -N
7181 Make no @samp{.save} files. The original files are simply deleted.
7182 Use this option with caution.
7183
7184 @item -p @var{program}
7185 Use the program @var{program} as the compiler. Normally, the name
7186 @file{gcc} is used.
7187
7188 @item -q
7189 Work quietly. Most warnings are suppressed.
7190
7191 @item -v
7192 Print the version number, just like @samp{-v} for @code{gcc}.
7193 @end table
7194
7195 If you need special compiler options to compile one of your program's
7196 source files, then you should generate that file's @samp{.X} file
7197 specially, by running @code{gcc} on that source file with the
7198 appropriate options and the option @samp{-aux-info}. Then run
7199 @code{protoize} on the entire set of files. @code{protoize} will use
7200 the existing @samp{.X} file because it is newer than the source file.
7201 For example:
7202
7203 @example
7204 gcc -Dfoo=bar file1.c -aux-info
7205 protoize *.c
7206 @end example
7207
7208 @noindent
7209 You need to include the special files along with the rest in the
7210 @code{protoize} command, even though their @samp{.X} files already
7211 exist, because otherwise they won't get converted.
7212
7213 @xref{Protoize Caveats}, for more information on how to use
7214 @code{protoize} successfully.
7215